4(%2-/3%4 &20

$5#4 #/.3425#4)/.
-!.5!,

&)234 %$)4)/. *5.% 

3(%%4 -%4!, !.$ !)2 #/.$)4)/.).' #/.42!#4/23è

.!4)/.!, !33/#)!4)/. ).#
 ,AFAYETTE #ENTER $RIVE
#HANTILLY 6!  
 THERMOSET FRP
DUCT CONSTRUCTION
MANUAL
COPYRIGHTE1997
All Rights Reserved
by

SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS’

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC.

4201 Lafayette Center Drive

Chantilly, VA 20151- 1209

Printed in the U.S.A.

FIRST EDITION - JUNE, 1997

Except as allowed in the Notice to Users and in certain licensing contracts, no part of this book may be
reproduced, stored in a retrievable system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher.
 &/2%7/2$

The selection of fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) duct for use in corrosive environments is increasing. FRP duct
is frequently being selected for fume hood exhaust systems, for air pollution and odor control systems in facilities
such as waste water treatment plants, and other corrosive environments.

FRP ducts are routinely designed and manufactured to meet a systems unique requirements. This represents a major
advantage over thermoplastic (PVC), metallic, and coated metallic ductwork. FRP ducts are manufactured using
specifically designed reinforcement systems, bonded together with thermosetting plastic resins. These resins are
selected for their ability to resist specific chemicals known to be present in the corrosive environment in which the
ductwork is to be installed.

Working with resin and FRP duct manufacturers, SMACNA contractors have researched the current and future po-
tential use of FRP duct and its physical properties. This effort resulted in an authoritative manual that SMACNA
contractors, architects, engineers, managers, and plant owners can rely upon for the proper selection, manufacture,
and installation of specifically tailored FRP duct systems. To establish these manufacturing and construction stan-
dards, SMACNA contracted with Dr. Joseph M. Plecnik of the Civil Engineering Department at California State
University, Long Beach, to develop and test duct design procedures for the manufacture and installation of round
and rectangular duct systems. Dr. Plecnik investigated round duct systems ranging from 4 to 72 inches (100 to 1800
mm) in diameter and rectangular duct systems ranging from 12 to 96 inches (300 to 2400 mm) in width and depth,
operating at a static pressure within a range from - 30 to +30 in. wg (- 7500 to +7500 Pa) and within a temperature
range from ambient to 180^F (82ºC).

By following the manufacturing, construction, and installation details specified in this manual, a contractor should
be able to develop a duct system that dependably meets the stated requirements of the customer. As with all products,
there are limits to the successful use of FRP duct systems. It is imperative that the customer provide an accurate
definition of the corrosive environment in which the FRP duct system is to be installed. Proper selection of the
thermoset resins and reinforcing material ensures that the customer receives a well designed duct system that meets
his needs for the foreseeable future.

Throughout the manual and its appendices, we have included the engineering design criteria and safety factors se-
lected to achieve a safe, and cost effective construction standard. This includes ample consideration of the manufac-
turing variables that occur in a product built to meet the individual requirements of each application.

SMACNA is indebted to representatives from thermoset resin and FRP duct manufacturers, and the SMACNA con-
tractors who, as members of the FRP Task Force, volunteered their time and effort to the development of this manual.
SMACNA appreciates their dedication and willingness to share their knowledge and experience in the design, fab-
rication, and installation of FRP duct systems.

SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS’

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION III

 &20 4!3+ &/2#%
Michael J. Daugharty, Chairman Norman T. R. Heathorn
Heating & Plumbing Engineers Inc. N.V. Heathorn, Inc.
Colorado Springs, CO Oakland, CA

Joseph J. Flannagan, Jr. G. A. Navas, Staff

Primary Plastics, Inc. SMACNA, Inc.
Endwell, NY Chantilly, VA

#/.35,4!.43

Dr. Frank A. Cassis Joseph M. Plecnik, PhD, P.E.

Ashland Chemical, Inc. Cal State University, L.B.
Los Angeles, CA Long Beach, CA

Robert M. Hahn Robert C. Talbot

Xerxes Corporation Technical Writer
Avon, OH West Worthington, OH

Le Rodenberg
Industry Consultant
Escondido, CA

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION IV

 ./4)#% 4/ 53%23
/& 4()3 05",)#!4)/.
 !##%04!.#%
This document or publication is prepared for voluntary acceptance and use within the limitations of application
defined herein, and otherwise as those adopting it or applying it deem appropriate. It is not a safety standard. Its
application for a specific project is contingent on a designer or other authority defining a specific use. SMACNA
has no power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this document or publication and
it has no role in any representations by other parties that specific components are, in fact, in compliance with it.

 !-%.$-%.43
The Association may, from time to time, issue formal interpretations or interim amendments, which can be of signifi-
cance between successive editions.

 02/02)%4!29 02/$5#43
SMACNA encourages technological development in the interest of improving the industry for the public benefit.
SMACNA does not, however, endorse individual manufacturers or products.

 &/2-!, ).4%202%4!4)/.
A formal interpretation of the literal text herein or the intent of the technical committee associated with the document
or publication is obtainable only on the basis of written petition, addressed to the committee and sent to the Associa-
tion’s national office in Chantilly, Virginia, and subsequent receipt of a written response signifying the approval
of the chairman of the committee. In the event that the petitioner has a substantive disagreement with the interpreta-
tion, an appeal may be filed with the Technical Resources Committee, which has technical oversight responsibility.
The request must pertain to a specifically identified portion of the document that does not involve published text
which provides the requested information. In considering such requests, the Association will not review or judge
products or components as being in compliance with the document or publication. Oral and written interpretations
otherwise obtained from anyone affiliated with the Association are unofficial. This procedure does not prevent any
committee chairman, member of the committee, or staff liaison from expressing an opinion on a provision within
the document, provided that such person clearly states that the opinion is personal and does not represent an official
act of the Association in any way, and it should not be relied on as such. The Board of Directors of SMACNA
shall have final authority for interpretation of this standard with such rules or procedures as they may adopt for
processing same.

 !00,)#!4)/.
Any standards contained in this publication were developed using reliable engineering principles and research plus
consultation with, and information obtained from, manufacturers, users, testing laboratories, and others having spe-
cialized experience. They are subject to revision as further experience and investigation may show is necessary
or desirable. Construction and products which comply with these Standards will not necessarily be acceptable if,
when examined and tested, they are found to have other features which impair the result contemplated by these
requirements. The Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association and other contributors as-
sume no responsibility and accept no liability for the application of the principles or techniques contained in this
publication. Authorities considering adoption of any standards contained herein should review all federal, state,
local, and contract regulations applicable to specific installations.

 2%02).4 0%2-)33)/.
Non- exclusive, royalty- free permission is granted to government and private sector specifying authorities to repro-
duce only any construction details found herein in their specifications and contract drawings prepared for receipt
of bids on new construction and renovation work within the United States and its territories, provided that the materi-
al copied is unaltered in substance and that the reproducer assumes all liability for the specific application, including
errors in reproduction.

 4(% 3-!#.! ,/'/

The SMACNA logo is registered as a membership identification mark. The Association prescribes acceptable use
of the logo and expressly forbids the use of it to represent anything other than possession of membership. Possession
of membership and use of the logo in no way constitutes or reflects SMACNA approval of any product, method,
or component. Furthermore, compliance of any such item with standards published or recognized by SMACNA
is not indicated by presence of the logo.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION V

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 4!",% /& #/.4%.43

&/2%7/2$                                                                               III

&20 4!3+ &/2#%                                                                          IV

#/.35,4!.43                                                                            IV

./4)#% 4/ 53%23 /& 4()3 05",)#!4)/.                                                  V

4!",% /& #/.4%.43                                                                     VII

#(!04%2  ).42/$5#4)/.                                                            

 3#/0%                                                                     
 53%3                                                                      
 7(!4 )3 &20                                                              
 0520/3%                                                                  
 #/.4%.43                                                                 

#(!04%2  -!4%2)!,3                                                                

 ).42/$5#4)/.                                                            
 4(%2-/3%4 2%3).3                                                       
 -)8).' !.$ #52).' 4(%2-/3%43                                         
 #!4!,9343 02/-/4%23 ).()")4/23 !.$ /4(%2 !$$)4)6%3              
 -!4%2)!,3 (!.$,).'                                                      
 &,!-% 2%4!2$!.#% !.$ 3-/+% '%.%2!4)/.                             
 5,42!6)/,%4 34!"),):%23                                                 
 490%3 /& 2%).&/2#%-%.4                                                

#(!04%2  ,!-).!4% #/.3425#4)/.                                                 

 ).42/$5#4)/.                                                            
 #/22/3)/. "!22)%2 2%3).                                               
 #/22/3)/. "!22)%2                                                      
 3425#452!, ,!9%2                                                       
 %84%2)/2 352&!#%                                                       
 0/4%.4)!, !$(%3)/. 02/",%-3 $52).' ,!-).!4% #/.3425#4)/.      
 7!,, 4()#+.%33 4/,%2!.#%                                              
 -%#(!.)#!, 02/0%24)%3                                                 
 352&!#% (!2$.%33                                                       
 !00%!2!.#%                                                              

#(!04%2  &)%,$ */).).' 02/#%$52%3                                              

 ).42/$5#4)/.                                                            
 02%0!2!4)/. &/2 */).).' $5#4                                          

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION VII

  02%0!2!4)/. /& 342!00).'                                              
 -)8).' 2%3).                                                              
 */).).' $5#4                                                             
 ).4%2.!, */).4 ,!-).!4).' 02/#%$52%                                  
 #,%!.â50                                                                 

#(!04%2  $%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#4                                              

 $%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#43 53).' 490%3 ) !.$ )) ,!-).!4%3           
 $%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#43 53).' &),!-%.4 7/5.$
490% 8 ,!-).!4%3                                                       

#(!04%2  $%3)'. /& 2%#4!.'5,!2 &20 $5#4                                      

 $%3)'. /& 2%#4!.'5,!2 &20 $5#43 53).' 490% ) !.$ )) ,!-).!4%3     
 3%,%#4)/. /& 34)&&%.%23 !.$ &,!.'%3 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4
3934%-3                                                                  

#(!04%2  2%15)2%-%.43                                                            

 4%2-)./,/'9                                                             
 #/.4!#4 -/,$).'                                                        
 -!4%2)!,3                                                                 
 34/2!'%                                                                  
 34!4)# %,%#42)#)49                                                       
 2%).&/2#%-%.4                                                          
 2!7 %$'%3                                                                
 */).43 7%,$3 /2 "/.$3                                                
 ,!-).!4% #/.3425#4)/.                                                 
 $%3)'. 2%15)2%-%.43                                                   
 /6%2,!0                                                                  
 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4 #/2.%23                                            
 "/.$ #/.3425#4)/.                                                     
 &,!.'% 2%15)2%-%.43                                                   
 34!.$!2$ %,"/73 !.$ -)4%2%$ */).43                                  
 &)44).' #/.&)'52!4)/.                                                   
 $5#4 (!.'%23 !.$ 3500/243                                           
 &5-% (//$3                                                              
 $!-0%23                                                                  
 !##%33 /0%.).'3 !.$ %.$ #!03                                         
 $2!).3                                                                    
 6%.4),!4/2 (%!$3 !.$ ,/56%23                                         
 &,%8)",% #/..%#4)/.3                                                   

VIII 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

  &,%8)",% -!4%2)!,3                                                       
 ,).%!2 #/%&&)#)%.4 /& 4(%2-!, %80!.3)/.                             
 4/,%2!.#%3                                                              
 $2!).!'%                                                                 
 302).+,%23                                                               
 "52)%$ $5#4                                                              
 -!.5&!#452%2è3 3(/0 2%6)%7                                           
 ).30%#4)/.                                                               
 (!.$,).' 3()00).' !.$ ).34!,,!4)/.                                   

#(!04%2  15!,)49 #/.42/, !.$ 3!&%49                                           

 15!,)49 #/.42/,                                                         
 3!&%49                                                                    
 (%!,4( #/.#%2.3                                                        

#(!04%2  &20 '5)$% 30%#)&)#!4)/.3                                                

 '%.%2!,                                                                  
 $2!7).'3                                                                 
 3%)3-)# 2%342!).4 02/6)3)/.3                                           
 '5)$% 30%#)&)#!4)/.3                                                    

!00%.$)8 ! $%6%,/0-%.4 /& 4(% 4!",%3                                           !

!00%.$)8 " #(%-)#!, 2%3)34!.#% /& &20 $5#4                                     "

!00%.$)8 # !,4%2.!4% 2/5.$ $5#4 $%3)'. 4!",%3                                #

!00%.$)8 $ ',/33!29                                                                $

!00%.$)8 % 2%&%2%.#%$ $/#5-%.43                                                %

).$%8                                                                      )

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION IX

4!",%3
4ABLE   3TANDARD #OMPOSITION OF 4YPE ) ,AMINATES                                      
4ABLE   3TANDARD #OMPOSITION OF 4YPE )) ,AMINATES                                      
4ABLE   -INIMUM -ECHANICAL 0ROPERTIES OF 4YPES ) AND )) ,AMINATES                       
4ABLE   .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF 4YPES )  )) ,AMINATES IN IN WG                      
4ABLE  - .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF 4YPES )  )) ,AMINATES IN 0A                        
4ABLE   -INIMUM &LANGE $IMENSIONS FOR 2OUND $UCT                                    
4ABLE   &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 #OMPOSITE ,AMINATES                               
4ABLE   -INIMUM -ECHANICAL 0ROPERTIES OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES           
4ABLE   -INIMUM "OND #ONSTRUCTION FOR &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES              
4ABLE   .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES IN IN WG       
4ABLE  - .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES IN 0A          
4ABLE   0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG                                           
4ABLE  - 0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A                                           
4ABLE   0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG                                           
4ABLE  - 0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A                                           
4ABLE   0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG                                           
4ABLE  - 0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A                                           
4ABLE   .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG                                          
4ABLE  - .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A                                          
4ABLE   .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG                                          
4ABLE  - .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A                                          
4ABLE   .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG                                          
4ABLE  - .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A                                          
4ABLE   -INIMUM &LANGE $IMENSIONS FOR 2ECTANGULAR $UCT                             
4ABLE   -AXIMUM !LLOWABLE 3TIFFENER 3PAN IN IN FOR 0OSITIVE OR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
OF  IN WG                                                                
4ABLE  - -AXIMUM !LLOWABLE 3TIFFENER 3PAN IN MM FOR 0OSITIVE OR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
OF  0A                                                                
4ABLE   -AXIMUM !LLOWABLE 3TIFFENER 3PAN IN IN FOR 0OSITIVE OR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
OF  IN WG                                                                
4ABLE  - -AXIMUM !LLOWABLE 3TIFFENER 3PAN IN MM FOR 0OSITIVE OR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
OF  0A                                                                
4ABLE   -AXIMUM !LLOWABLE 3TIFFENER 3PAN IN IN FOR 0OSITIVE OR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
OF  IN WG                                                                
4ABLE  - -AXIMUM !LLOWABLE 3TIFFENER 3PAN IN MM FOR 0OSITIVE OR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
OF  0A                                                                
4ABLE   -INIMUM 3TRAP 3IZES FOR 2OUND $UCT                                           
4ABLE   7EIGHT OF &20 ,AMINATES                                                     
4ABLE   4RAPEZE !NGLE 3UPPORT #APACITY                                               

X 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

4ABLE   (ANGER 2OD !42 #APACITY                                                   
4ABLE   -INIMUM "OND 7IDTHS                                                      
4ABLE !  .OMINAL ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS IN 'IVEN $UCT $IAMETER AND 6ACUUM              !
4ABLE ! - .OMINAL ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS MM 'IVEN $UCT $IAMETER AND 6ACUUM            !
4ABLE !  3AFETY &ACTORS 'IVEN &ILAMENT 7OUND ,AMINATE #OMBINATION AND 6ACUUM        !
4ABLE ! - 3AFETY &ACTORS 'IVEN &ILAMENT 7OUND ,AMINATE #OMBINATION AND 6ACUUM        !
4ABLE !  -ATERIAL 0ROPERTIES &OR &ILAMENT 7OUND ,AMINATES -ODEL )N ,âT #OORDINATES
#OMBINATION 3â FOR 2OUND $UCT                                           !
4ABLE !  $ATA FOR %ACH ,AMINA 4HETA › -EASURED #LOCKWISE FROM 9 !XIS             !
4ABLE !  -ATERIAL 0ROPERTIES FOR &ILAMENT 7OUND ,AMINATES -ODEL )N ,âT #OORDINATES
#OMBINATION 3â FOR 2OUND $UCT                                           !
4ABLE !  $ATA FOR %ACH ,AMINA 4HETA › -EASURED #LOCKWISE FROM 9 !XIS             !
4ABLE !  !VERAGE -ATERIAL 0ROPERTIES FOR !LL 2ECTANGULAR $UCTS                           !
4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT                "
4ABLE #  .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF 4YPES )  )) ,AMINATES IN IN WG                     #
4ABLE # - .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF 4YPES )  )) ,AMINATES IN 0A                       #
4ABLE #  .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES IN IN WG        #
4ABLE #â- .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES IN 0A           #

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION XI

&)'52%3
&IGURE   'EL 4IME VS #ATALYST #ONCENTRATION AT 6ARIOUS 4EMPERATURES                      
&IGURE   ,AYâUP 3EQUENCE FOR &20 $UCT â 4YPES ) )) AND 8 ,AMINATES                     
&IGURE   0REPARATION OF 3TRAPPING                                                      
&IGURE   !PPLICATION OF 3TRAPPING                                                       
&IGURE   "UTTâANDâ3TRAP %NDâTOâ%ND *OINT                                              
&IGURE   "ELLâANDâ3PIGOT *OINING -ETHOD                                               
&IGURE   'EL 4IME VS #ATALYST #ONCENTRATION AT 6ARIOUS 4EMPERATURES                      
&IGURE   &20 &LANGE $ETAILS                                                          
&IGURE   #ORNER 2EINFORCEMENT $ETAIL                                                 
&IGURE   7OOD 3TIFFENERS WITH &20 "OND                                               
&IGURE   #ONSTRUCTION OF 4RANSVERSE 3TIFFENERS                                         
&IGURE   3EMIâ#IRCULAR &OAM 3TIFFENERS WITH &20 "OND                                 
&IGURE   &20 &LANGE $ETAILS                                                        
&IGURE   4RAPEZE !NGLE WITH (ANGER 2ODS                                               
&IGURE   &LANGE #ANT                                                                
&IGURE   &LANGE 4OLERANCE $ESCRIPTION                                                 
&IGURE   &LANGE /FFSET                                                              
&IGURE   &LANGE !TTACHMENT                                                         
&IGURE   7ELD 7IDTH AND 4HICKNESS                                                  
&IGURE   "OLT 4IGHTENING 3EQUENCE                                                   
&IGURE   3QUARE 4HROAT %LBOWS                                                      
&IGURE   2OUND OR 2ECTANGULAR 3TANDARD %LBOW                                        
&IGURE   2OUND OR 2ECTANGULAR !NGLES                                                
&IGURE   2ECTANGULAR 4EES                                                          
&IGURE   2OUND OR 2ECTANGULAR /FFSETS                                               
&IGURE   4RANSITION %LBOWS                                                          
&IGURE   &IVE 3EGMENT %LBOW                                                       
&IGURE   2OUND  3QUARE 2EDUCERS                                                   
&IGURE   2OUND OR 2ECTANGULAR %CCENTRIC 2EDUCERS                                     
&IGURE   2OUND 4EES                                                               
&IGURE   #ONICAL 4EES                                                              
&IGURE   #ONICAL 2EDUCING 4EES  ,ATERAL                                              
&IGURE   2EDUCING 4EES  ,ATERAL                                                     
&IGURE   #ONICAL ,ATERALS                                                            
&IGURE   4EE  ,ATERAL #ROSSES                                                      
&IGURE   2OUND OR 2ECTANGULAR 7YES                                                 

XII 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

&IGURE   2OUND OR 2ECTANGULAR 2EDUCING 7YES                                        
&IGURE   2OUND OR 2ECTANGULAR /FFSETS                                               
&IGURE   #ONICAL 4EE #ROSSES                                                        
&IGURE   4YPICAL ,OUVER #ONSTRUCTION                                                 
&IGURE  $UCT (ANGERS â (ORIZONTAL                                                  
&IGURE   3UPPORT FOR 6ERTICAL $UCT                                                    
&IGURE   4URNING 6ANE #ONSTRUCTION                                                  
&IGURE   4YPICAL "LAST 'ATE                                                          
&IGURE   4YPICAL "UTTERFLY $AMPER WITH ,OCKING $EVICE                                  
&IGURE   'RAVITY "ACKâ$RAFT $AMPER FOR 6ERTICAL $UCT                                   
&IGURE   $UCT /PENINGS                                                             
&IGURE   4YPICAL 3TACKHEADS                                                         
&IGURE !  #ROSS 3ECTION OF A ì X ì $UCT                                            !
&IGURE !  #ROSS 3ECTION OF A ì X ì $UCT                                            !
&IGURE !  6ACUUM  0RESSURE 4EST OF &20 $UCT                                         !

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION XIII

 CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION
#(!04%2 
 3#/0%
This manual covers the physical properties, manufac-
ture, construction, installation and methods of testing
fiberglass reinforced thermosetting plastic duct, in-
tended for air conveyance in corrosive environments,
as manufactured by hand lay–up, spray–up, and fila-
ment winding fabrication techniques.
R Round duct 4 to 72 in. (100 to 1800 mm) di-
ameter
R Rectangular duct 12 to 96 in. (300 to 2400
mm) diameter
R Static pressures –30 to +30 in. wg (–7500 to
+7500 Pa)
R Temperature range ambient to 180ºF (82ºC)
(Depending on resin selection)
 53%3
Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) has been used for
various types of process equipment, in the chemical,
pulp and paper, power, mining, municipal sewer
treatment, and water treatment (odor pollution abate-
ment) as well as many other associated industries han-
dling corrosive environments.
FRP process equipment of all shapes and sizes, such
as columns, scrubbers, hoods, ducts, fans, and stacks
as well as piping, tanks, grating, mist eliminator
blades, heat exchanger shells, tube sheets, and many
other types of equipment are required for severely
corrosive applications.
 7(!4 )3 &20
FRP stands for “fiberglass reinforced plastic.” FRP is
also used to define fiber reinforced plastic (fibers oth-
er than glass). Terms used interchangeably with FRP
are reinforced thermoset plastic (RTP) or glass rein-
forced plastic (GRP), which is used in Europe and
Australia.
 ,AMINATE
Laminate refers to the “composite material” that is
manufactured from a thermosetting resin matrix with
layers of reinforcement fibers. Typical techniques for
the fabrication of round and rectangular duct are hand
lay–up, spray–up, and filament winding. Hand lay–up
and spray–up typically apply layers of chopped strand
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
).42/$5#4)/.
and woven fabric to build up structural layers over a
form or mold. Filament winding applies a structural
layer of continuous fiber strands wrapped around a ro-
tating mold or mandrel. The reinforcing fiber is im-
pregnated with a catalyzed thermoset polyester or vi-
nyl ester. It is then allowed to reach full cure to form
a hard–dense composite laminate for corrosion ap-
plications. Once cured (exceeding initial Barcol hard-
ness), the formed laminates are removed from the
molds and preconditioned for field assembly. At this
point, the fabricated duct sections are inspected and
approved for shipment to the job site.
 4HERMOSET 0LASTICS
Thermosetting resins, once fully cured and hardened,
cannot be reverted to their original liquid state. The
chemical reaction of thermoset resins is exothermic,
where the liquid catalyzed resin heats up and contin-
ues to increase in temperature to form a cured solid
resin state. This is the basic difference between “ther-
moplastic” and “thermoset plastic.”
While both types of plastics find application through-
out the air handling industry, the scope of this particu-
lar manual will be confined to air handling systems
fabricated with thermoset plastic materials.
 &20 $UCT 5SE
The most common use for FRP duct is for corrosion
control in air pollution and odor abatement ventila-
tion and exhaust systems. The corrosion resistance of
FRP depends on the selection of the proper generic
type of thermosetting resin to handle the corrosive ap-
plication.
Corrosion resistant FRP is generally superior to car-
bon steel, galvanized steel, lower grades of stainless
steel, and different types of lined steel equipment.
This manual is primarily directed to the above air han-
dling systems.
The FRP duct industry is a dynamic industry with new
products, systems, and procedures evolving on a regu-
lar basis. Resins and other products not covered by
this manual are not necessarily inappropriate for use
in a specific duct system. The contractor must ensure
that the owner, design engineer, resin manufacturer,
and duct manufacturer are all in agreement that the
specified FRP duct system will meet the owner’s cor-
rosion resistance requirements.
 0520/3%
This manual proposes to accomplish the following
objectives:

 a. To develop minimum standards for the fab- b. Design of round (cylindrical) FRP ducts us-
rication and installation of FRP duct sys- ing Filament Wound (Type X) laminates.
tems, and also as a reference for contract op-
erations. #(!04%2  $%3)'. /& 2%#4!.'5,!2
&20 $5#4
b. To develop a source of reference data for de-
sign engineers, industrial engineering de- a. Design of rectangular FRP duct using Type
partments, and pollution control authorities. I and Type II laminates.

c. To provide a responsible source of documen- b. Design of stiffeners for rectangular FRP

tation and terminology for ventilation and air ducts using Type II laminates.
conditioning equipment, establishing an ac-
curate reference for thermoset plastics as #(!04%2  2%15)2%-%.43
they are used in the sheet metal duct indus-
try. General requirements.

 #/.4%.43 #(!04%2  15!,)49 #/.42/, !.$

3!&%49
The manual is subdivided into nine chapters and five
Quality control requirements, safety, and health con-
appendices, which are briefly described as follows:
cerns.
#(!04%2  ).42/$5#4)/.
#(!04%2  &20 '5)$% 30%#)&)#!4)/.3

The introduction outlines the format and layout of the Guide specifications for fiberglass reinforced plastic
manual, with a brief description of “FRP” and a sum- air–handling systems.
mary of the contents of each chapter.
!00%.$)8 ! $%6%,/0-%.4 /& 4(%
#(!04%2  -!4%2)!,3
This chapter contains a description of thermoset res-
ins, catalyst and promoter systems required to cure
the thermoset resins, types of additives used and a
brief description of reinforcement materials used to
fabricate FRP duct.
4!",%3
Complete summary of the criteria used for the estab-
lishment of the FRP Duct Construction Tables and the
test program that verified the design concepts and the
table data.
!00%.$)8 " #(%-)#!, 2%3)34!.#% /&
#(!04%2  ,!-).!4% #/.3425#4)/. &20 $5#4

This chapter outlines the proper lay–up sequence for Chemical resistance of FRP duct, resin selection
corrosion resistant composite laminates for FRP duct guide.
and hood applications in conformance with Tables
M1A–2, M1A–3, and M1A–4 of ASME RTP–1–1995
Edition. These are reprinted in Chapter 5, courtesy of
ASME, as Tables 5- 1, 5- 2, and 5- 3, respectively.
!00%.$)8 # !,4%2.!4% 2/5.$ $5#4
$%3)'. 4!",%3
Complete set of alternate round duct design tables
based on a higher safety factor (SF = 5.0) than that
#(!04%2  &)%,$ */).).' 02/#%$52%3
used for the design tables of Chapter 5 (SF = 4.0).

Procedures for joining FRP Duct using the butt–and– !00%.$)8 $ ',/33!29
strap or bell–and–spigot hand lay–up fabrication
methods in the field. Glossary of terms.

#(!04%2  $%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#4 !00%.$)8 % 2%&%2%.#%$ $/#5-%.43

a. Design of round (cylindrical) FRP ducts us- Complete list of documents referenced throughout
ing Type I and Type II laminates. this manual.

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 CHAPTER 2

MATERIALS
#(!04%2 
 ).42/$5#4)/.
The use of thermoset FRP ducting to handle corrosive
fumes dates back to the 1950’s. These thermoset ma-
terials offer similar corrosion resistance and physical
strength properties when compared to thermoplastic
materials. Both are identified as “plastics.” However,
there is a significant difference during the forming
and fabrication stage of each product.
While thermoplastic components are formed using
solid shapes in a manner similar to metallic fabrica-
tion, the thermoset resins are supplied in liquid form,
which when combined with fiberglass reinforcement,
forms a composite laminate, when applied to a rigid
mold surface.
Fabricators of FRP composite laminates require spe-
cial skills and training to handle catalysts (initiators)
and promoters in order to understand the chemistry
of room temperature curing systems.
The catalyzed resin is combined with fiberglass rein-
forcement and laid on a solid form, allowed to cure,
then removed for installation in the field. Following
lay–up techniques, the FRP components are joined to-
gether at the job site using a field wrap of overlapping
plies of material. The thickness of the overwrap joint
should at least equal the thickness of the duct lami-
nate.
Note: When joining Filament Wound (Type X) lami-
nates, a special bond construction is required. (See
Table 5- 8.)
Thermoset laminates do not melt when heated. They
generally retain their physical strength and integrity
at elevated temperatures.
 4(%2-/3%4 2%3).3
There are various types of thermoset resins used for
fabricating FRP duct for corrosion resistant applica-
tions. Each of the generic types of resins used today
offer different properties to be considered when se-
lecting a suitable resin for a specific application, e.g.,
concentration of chemical environs to be handled and
range of temperatures to which the FRP duct will be
exposed. Any questionable applications should be re-
solved with the resin supplier. The following resins
are commonly used to fabricate FRP duct for the cor-
rosion industry.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
-!4%2)!,3
 /RTHOPHTHALIC 2ESINS
Orthophthalic resins are generally referred to as gen-
eral purpose ortho resins. These ortho resins exhibit
limited corrosion resistance with poor temperature
properties (maximum 130^F (54^C)) due to their low
heat distortion temperature of the cured resin system.
Brominated versions of ortho resins are available.
Such systems are used for “mine ventilation FRP
duct,” where ambient conditions are primarily non–
corrosive.
 )SOPHTHALIC 2ESINS
Isophthalic (iso) resins are available in either rigid or
resilient versions. They are classified as unsaturated
polyesters based on isophthalic acid and glycols of
various types, specifically formulated to exhibit the
corrosion resistance properties desired. Brominated
versions of these isophthalic resins are available for
flame retardant applications. However, these haloge-
nated flame retardant resins require the addition of a
synergist, such as antimony trioxide to achieve Class
I ratings as determined by ASTM E84 test methods.
(See section 2.6.)
Rigid high molecular weight isophthalic resins are
used for moderate corrosion resistant applications up
to a maximum temperature of 180^F (82^C). They
are generally used for water, weak acids, and alkalies.
They also exhibit good resistance to many solvents
and petroleum products such as gasoline and oil.
Resilient isophthalics offer a lesser degree of chemi-
cal resistance and should be limited to a maximum
temperature of 150^F (66^C). However, they are re-
silient and less susceptible to stress or impact crack-
ing and are suitable for filament winding. These
isophthalic resins are more economical in resin cost
when compared to the premium grades of corrosion
resistant thermoset resins.
 #HLORENDIC 2ESINS
Chlorendic resins are unsaturated, halogenated poly-
ester resins based on het acid (hexachlorocyclopenta-
diene) or chlorendic anhydride reacted with a stable
glycol–NPG (neopentyl glycol).
The chlorendic resins are inherently flame retardant,
but require 5% by weight of antimony trioxide to
achieve Class I ratings as determined by ASTM E84
test methods. (See section 2.6.)
These resins exhibit excellent high temperature resist-
ance up to 250^F (121^C) (higher in some applica-

tions when approved by the resin supplier). The chlo-
rendic resins offer very good chemical resistance to
most oxidizing environments, as well as to most con-
centrated acids and to some solvents. They are poor
in alkaline service. They are also very rigid with poor
impact resistance properties.
 6INYL %STER
Vinyl ester resins are methacrylated epoxies similar
to unsaturated polyesters such as ortho, iso, and chlo-
rendic resins. Both resin types are cured and handled
with the same room temperature curing agents.
Because of their epoxy backbone, these resins exhibit
excellent resistance to most acids, alkalies, hypochlo-
rites, and many solvents. They do not perform well
in the presence of strong oxidizers.
The vinyl esters are resilient (4 to 7% tensile elonga-
tion), have excellent impact resistance, and high
physical strength properties. They are preferred for
filament winding machine made ducts. In the field,
vinyl ester products are handled and joined with ease.
The temperature resistance of unmodified vinyl esters
is in the 200 to 220^F (93 to 104^C) range, but in-
creases to 250 to 300^F (121 to 150^C) for the higher
density, cross–linked, novolac modified vinyl esters
described below.
Novolac modified vinyl esters have higher density
cross–linking sites available than the general purpose
vinyl esters. This higher density cross–linking results
in a more heat resistant polymer network that can tol-
erate temperatures up to 300^F (150^C). Although
the novolac modified resins are less resilient than the
unmodified vinyl esters, they still exhibit excellent
mechanical properties.
 "ISPHENOL ! &UMARATES
These are made by reacting bisphenol “A” with pro-
pylene oxide to form a glycol, then further reacted
with fumaric acid to produce the resin, classified as
a rigid unsaturated polyester resin.
The resins offer excellent corrosion resistance to
many acids and alkalies, but are poor in oxidizing en-
virons. They are substantially better than isophthalic
resins in severe corrosion applications, but are most
difficult to field wrap (adhesion problems). Bisphenol
“A” resins are available in flame retardant versions,
but generally have been replaced with vinyl ester
counterparts.
 /THER 2ESIN -ATERIALS
Furan, phenolic, and acrylic resins are not covered in
this manual. While these resins can be used to fabri-
cate air handling equipment and ductwork, they have
physical properties, handling, and application charac-
teristics substantially different from the materials
covered by this document.
 -)8).' !.$ #52).' 4(%2-/3%43
Unsaturated polyester and vinyl ester resins are usual-
ly shipped in 55 gallon (208 liter) drums in liquid
form. They are available in low viscosity versions,
suitable for hand lay–up, spray–up, or filament wind-
ing.
Many of the resins are sold as low viscosity, thixed
and prepromoted, for ease of handling in the shop or
field fabrication.
All of the above thermosets are cured using room tem-
perature catalyst systems which are mixed into the
liquid resin prior to lay–up.
 #!4!,9343 02/-/4%23 ).()")

Curing these modified resins may require different
peroxide catalysts to reduce the peak exotherm and
prevent cracking or crazing of the resin rich areas.
These resins are more reactive and therefore require
greater care in the fabrication of FRP laminates.
There are flame retardant versions based on bromine
technology which enhances flame retardance, corro-
sion resistance, weatherability, and better laminate
color stability. However, to achieve Class I ratings as
determined by ASTM E84 test methods, 3 to 5% (by
weight of resin) of antimony trioxide is required. (See
section 2.6.)
 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
4/23 !.$ /4(%2 !$$)4)6%3
For room temperature (RT) cure systems, catalysts,
also referred to as initiators, are organic peroxides
which react with a suitable promoter to initiate the
chemical exothermic reaction that polymerizes the
resin and cures it into a hardened solid mass.
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (MEKP) is the most
widely used room temperature cure catalyst system.
MEKP requires a promoter such as cobalt octoate or
cobalt naphthenate to generate free radicals which
start the resin to polymerize. Sometimes different
amines are added to accelerate the gel and cure time
of the resin. CAUTION: THE MEKP MUST NEVER
BE ADDED DIRECTLY TO THE COBALT NAPH-
THENATE OR OCTOATE PROMOTER. When di-
rectly added to each other, they may be EXPLOSIVE-
LY REACTIVE. Care must be taken to observe these
precautions to prevent accidents.
When the resins are not received prepromoted, the
recommended quantity of the promoter (see resin
manufacturer’s data sheet for the amounts required)
can be added to the liquid resin and thoroughly mixed
into the drum or master batch of resin being prepared
for use.
In order to determine the working time of a RT cured
system, it is recommended that a small cup gel
(approximately 3.5 oz (100 grams) of promoted resin
in a Dixie cup) be catalyzed with 1.25% (by resin
weight) of 9% active MEKP (also known as a 60%
solution of MEKP) be added to the resin. This test
sample should be thoroughly mixed and continually
agitated and timed to first gel formation to establish
the working time for the lay–up process.
The working time of a resin can be influenced by
many factors: reactivity of a given resin, high or low
temperature in the work area, direct sunlight, humid-


'%, 4)-% -INUTES





 BY WEIGHT  
CCGALLON  
-%+ 0EROXIDE  3OLUTION
.OTE 4O CONVERT CCGAL TO FLUID OZGAL DIVIDE BY  CCFLUID OZ
4O CONVERT CCGAL TO CC, DIVIDE BY ,GAL
&)'52%   '%, 4)-% 63 #!4!,934 #/.#%.42!4)/.
!4 6!2)/53 4%-0%2!452%3
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
ity, thickness of the laminate, and heat sink, when lay-
ing up on metal molds. When gel times are too short
due to the working conditions, promoter levels can be
adjusted to lengthen the gel time; likewise an inhibi-
tor (very small amount per resin supplier recommen-
dation) can be added to extend the working time. Ad-
justments can also be made in the catalyst level to
either extend or shorten the cure time. The amount of
catalyst used should never be less than 1% (by weight
of resin) MEKP or more than 2% (maximum). In or-
der to get proper cure of a laminate for optimum re-
sults, a sufficient quantity of catalyst is required to
completely react with the promoter to achieve full
cross linkage of the polymerized resin. Less than 1%
of catalyst can result in undercure (not properly
cross–linked) with resultant poor performance of the
FRP laminate when exposed to chemical attack. (See
Figure 2- 1.)
Dimethylaniline (DMA) is one of a class of chemicals
known as promoters or accelerators. DMA is a yellow
liquid amine with a strong odor. The addition of DMA
is usually not required with RT MEKP cure systems.
However, small amounts of DMA may be used to im-
prove Barcol development or shorten the cure time at
cool temperatures.
O& O#
O& O#
O& O#
O& O#
 
 

CAUTION – Promoters should always be mixed thor-
oughly into the resin before adding the catalyst.
Inhibitors are used to lengthen the gel time of unsatu-
rated polyesters and vinyl ester resins. Inhibitors are
useful when very long gel times are required, or when
resins are curing too quickly due to high temperature.
It is recommended that the resin manufacturer be
asked which particular inhibitor system is suitable for
use in their resin.
Thixotropes, commonly called fumed silicas, are used
to thicken low viscosity resins to reduce resin drain-
age on vertical surfaces during lay up. Unsaturated
polyesters are readily available with the fumed silica
mixed into the resins. Fumed silica can be added to
vinyl ester resins using a high shear mixer to ensure
uniform dispersion at the job site. Resins thus treated
may exhibit a shortened shelf life.
Vinyl ester resins are less stable than most unsaturat-
ed polyesters when thixed and promoted, or when
stored at above 70 to 75^F (21 to 24^C). Keep out of
direct sunlight.
Cured non–halogenated polyester or vinyl ester resin
laminates will burn readily when exposed to flame,
heat, and oxygen. However, when these resins are for-
mulated with a stable cross linked halogen such as
chlorine or bromine as cooked into the formulation,
these halogenated resins exhibit flame retardant prop-
erties which are further enhanced with the addition of
an antimony oxide such as antimony trioxide or anti-
mony pentoxide. The antimony acts as a synergist
which reacts with the halogen source to greatly im-
prove the resin’s flame retardant properties. The anti-
mony by itself, when added to a non–flame retardant
resin, does not impart any flame retardance, but acts
only as a costly filler with possible lower chemical
resistant properties. The use of antimony oxides
causes the normally clear translucent laminate to turn
opaque which creates problems for inspectors to visu-
ally examine the laminate for fabrication flaws. When
it is critical for the corrosion liner to be visually clear
for optimum corrosion resistance, it is recommended
that antimony be added to the outer structural portion
of the laminate only, such fabrication is commonly
accepted by the chemical industry requiring Class I
flame retardance.
 -!4%2)!,3 (!.$,).'
When handling catalysts, cobalt promoters, DMA,
and inhibitors, proper care must be taken to handle
 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
each product in a safe manner as shown on the Materi-
al Safety Data Sheet as supplied by each product
manufacturer. These safety data sheets should be
thoroughly read and understood prior to working with
these chemical products.
 &,!-% 2%4!2$!.#% !.$ 3-/+%
'%.%2!4)/.
The flame retardancy and smoke generation of ther-
moset FRP laminates are determined by the ASTM
E84 tunnel test method, under supervised conditions
at accredited test agencies equipped to perform such
tests. This rating system is based on a scale that has
assigned asbestos cement board a flame spread (FS)
value of zero and red oak a flame spread (FS) of 100.
R Class I laminates exhibit less than 25 FS.
R Class II laminates exhibit less than 75 FS.
R Class III laminates have greater than 75 FS.
Note: Within a given class of laminates, smoke gener-
ation varies depending on the types of resin and halo-
gen used. Formulation selection and the application
of intumescent coatings have been used to reduce
smoke generation levels.
Flame spread and smoke development ratings are
generally based on test results obtained from con-
trolled or small–scale bench tests. They are not neces-
sarily predictive of product performance in a real fire
situation. Polyester and vinyl ester resins are organic
materials and the resins and products made from them
will burn under the right conditions of heat and oxy-
gen supply. The numerical flame spread rating is not
intended to reflect hazards presented by this, or any
other material, under actual fire conditions.
For hand lay–up laminates, using halogenated resins,
3 to 5% of antimony trioxide or pentoxide are re-
quired to achieve Class I FS ratings. The percent addi-
tive ratio of both trioxide and pentoxide are not al-
ways equal on a 1:1 basis. The resin manufacturer will
categorize the correct FS values obtained with either
of the antimony oxide systems as evaluated with each
specific resin as tested.
Antimony pentoxide is supplied in a liquid colloidal
suspension, while antimony trioxide is supplied in
powder form. The liquid pentoxide usually lengthens
the gel time and can retard surface cure when too
much of the additive is used. However, the pentoxide
solutions do not completely turn the laminate opaque,
but rather allow some translucency of the cured lami-
nate, which is beneficial for inspection purposes.
 5,42!6)/,%4 34!"),):%23
FRP duct exposed to outdoor weathering may suffer
surface degradation, chalking, and discoloration
when exposed to the sun, rain and wind. Polyesters
are more ultraviolet (UV) stable than vinyl ester re-
sins. The addition of a suitable UV stabilizer to the
outermost layer will retard the rate of degradation.
 490%3 /& 2%).&/2#%-%.4
The selection of glass reinforcement depends on the
capabilities of a specific thermosetting resin in com-
bination with the various types of available glass
manufacturers’ products. The glass should wet out
readily and no glass fiber should be visible in the final
cured laminate. The basic forms of reinforcement
used are:
R surfacing veil
R chopped strand mat
R woven roving
R continuous strand roving (filament winding)
 3URFACING 6EIL
The surfacing veil provides reinforcement for the res-
in rich liner, which prevents the cracking or crazing
of this resin surface and also acts to block protruding
thicker glass fibers (chopped strand mat) from reach-
ing the surface and providing chemical wicking into
the laminate structure. The most common type of sur-
facing veil used is “C” glass veil. However, when the
corrodent attacks glass, a synthetic fiber (saturated
polyester), such as NEXUSQ, can be used in place
of “C” veil.
Carbon veil or mat and synthetic conductive veil are
sometimes specified to provide a conductive surface
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
for static electric charge dissipation to ground. Car-
bon veil is also good for corrosion control and abra-
sion resistance.
 #HOPPED 3TRAND -AT
Two types of chopped strand mat are used for corro-
sion control Type “E” (electrical grade) and “ECR”
glass (electrical corrosion resistant). The glass fibers
are chemically treated and coated to enhance wet out
by the resin. The fibers are bundled to form continu-
ous multi–fiber strands held together with a compat-
ible binder. The glass fibers are chopped in place to
form a flat mat surface of various weights and thick-
ness: 0.75, 1.5, and 2.0 oz/ft2 (225, 450, and 610
g/m2) are most often used for corrosion applications.
Spray–chop uses continuous fiber chopped and wet
out with resin onto the mold. This method is common-
ly used on larger surfaces to save labor.
Both mat and spray–chop require hand roll–out to
densify the resulting laminate.
 7OVEN 2OVING
Woven roving consists of continuous glass fiber rov-
ings that are woven together to form a heavy woven
material which is available in several weights and
thicknesses. Alternating layers of woven roving and
chopped strand mat are used to form the structural
layer of the laminate. Woven roving greatly increases
the physical properties of a composite laminate.
 #ONTINUOUS 3TRAND 2OVING
The continuous glass fibers are wound into a cylindri-
cal package for processing. Continuous strand roving
is used for filament winding or chopped in place for
spray up applications to replace chopped strand mat.
Filament winding provides higher strengths at lower
thicknesses. However, the filament wound laminate
by itself has limited corrosion resistance.

 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 CHAPTER 3

LAMINATE CONSTRUCTION
#(!04%2 
 ).42/$5#4)/.
The laminate construction sequence for corrosion re-
sistant FRP laminates is based on industry standards
ASTM C581, ASTM C582, and ASME RTP–1–1995.
The information provided in this manual for FRP duct
and hoods supplements ASTM D3982–92 Standard
Specification for Contact Molded “Fiberglass” (Glass
Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Duct and
Hoods. (See Figure 3- 1.)
 #/22/3)/. "!22)%2 2%3).
The resin used shall be a commercial–grade polyester
or vinyl ester, acceptable for the service conditions
as tested by ASTM C581 or from established case his-
tories, documenting the suitability of the resin for the
service conditions.
The resin may contain, flame retardant additives in
accordance with the resin producers’ recommenda-
tions or as allowed in ASTM C582. The resin may not
contain any fillers or pigments unless agreed to by the
end user.
If static electricity is a factor for consideration, the
inner surface of the ductwork shall be grounded with
a maximum resistance to ground of 105 W. This con-
ductive surface can be fabricated with carbon veil or
synthetic conductive veil plus resin to form a conduc-
tive liner for static electricity control. (Consult your
resin supplier for formulation and test methods re-
quired.)
 #/22/3)/. "!22)%2
This critical segment of the laminate consists of a res-
in rich inner surface, followed by an interior layer
layed–up using two plies of 1–1/2 oz/ft2 (450 g/m2)
chopped mat, for a combined minimum thickness of
100 mils (2.5 mm) in all laminates (Types I, II, and
X).
 )NNER 3URFACE
The inner corrosion resistant surface is a resin rich
layer reinforced with surfacing veil (Type “C” glass
veil or NEXUSQ synthetic fiber). This layer is
approximately 90% resin and 10% reinforcement, re-
sulting in a layer 10 to 20 mils (0.25 to 0.50 mm)
thick.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
,!-).!4% #/.3425#4)/.
 )NTERIOR ,AYER #ORROSION "ARRIER
This layer is formed with 2 plies of 1–1/2 oz/ft2 (450
g/m2) chopped strand mat or equivalent chopped
strand roving, treated with a compatible sizing sys-
tem, containing approximately 75% resin and 25% fi-
ber reinforcement. The fiber length shall be 1/2 in.
(12.7 mm) minimum to 2 in (50.8 mm) maximum,
randomly dispersed. For FRP duct the physical
strength properties of the interior layers have been in-
cluded in calculating the minimum strength proper-
ties required for the FRP duct system.
 3425#452!, ,!9%2
The structural portion of the laminate (including mat
layers of the corrosion barrier), which is designed to
provide the physical strength properties required for
the FRP duct, shall be laid up as follows:
a. Type I – Apply all chopped strand mat or
equivalent chopped strand roving in the
spray–up method, to achieve the designed
minimum thickness (70 to 75% resin, 25 to
30% glass). (See Table 5- 1.)
b. Type II – Apply alternating plies of chopped
strand mat or equivalent chopped strand rov-
ing, interspersed with a ply of woven–roving
24 oz/yd2 (810 g/m2) as required by the
construction sequence to achieve the mini-
mum required design thickness. Woven rov-
ing must be separated with a ply of chopped
mat or chopped fiber, (55 to 72% resin, 28
to 45% glass). (See Table 5- 2.)
c. Type X – Apply filament wound continuous
strand roving to achieve the designed mini-
mum wall thickness (40 to 50% resin, 50 to
60% glass). (See Table 5- 6.)
 %84%2)/2 352&!#%
For added service life, the exterior surface over wo-
ven roving or filament winding may have a layer of
chopped fiber or surfacing veil to provide corrosion
resistance to chemical spillage and weathering.
The exterior surface shall be coated with a resin rich
layer containing paraffin wax to prevent air inhibition
of surface resin cure. The exterior surface glass rein-
forcement plus resin should also contain a UV (ultra-
violet) screener, a pigment, or be painted to resist UV
degradation of the cured surface resin, particularly
when FRP ducting is exposed outdoors.
Pigmentation can be incorporated into the exterior
surface for appearance and color coding of the duct
installation.

To enhance flame and smoke properties, an intumes-
cent coating can be used on the exterior surface
(check with your resin supplier).
 0/4%.4)!, !$(%3)/. 02/",%-3
$52).' ,!-).!4% #/.3425#4)/.
It is important to recognize that thermoset composite
laminates, when fully cured, do not chemically bond
together. The cured surfaces must be properly pre-
pared for secondary bonding.
During laminate construction, it is not advisable to lay
up the corrosion barrier and leave it to fully cure over
several days (weekend – holiday). If this is unavoid-
able, the entire outer surface must be roughened to re-
move hardened resin. Then, prior to overlaying with
the structural portion of the laminate, the roughened
surface should be coated with catalyzed resin and
chopped glass fiber to form a tie coat for the subse-
quent plies of the structural layer, thus creating an ac-
ceptable interlaminar mechanical bond.
Under normal conditions, the sections of duct and
hoods should be completed within a 24 hour period
to achieve a chemical bond.
 7!,, 4()#+.%33 4/,%2!.#%
The design wall thickness (also referred to as required
wall thickness) shall be as selected for the application
from the appropriate tables for round (Chapter
NO TAG) or rectangular (Chapter 6) duct, but in no
case less than 1/8 in. (3.18 mm) thick. For the purpose
of evaluating the acceptability of a duct’s wall thick-
ness, its average wall thickness shall be established
as the arithmetic average of six spot thickness values
taken at random. This average thickness shall not be
less than 85%, nor greater than 120%, of the design
wall thickness. Additionally, of all thickness readings
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
taken, the lowest shall not be less than 70%, nor great-
er than 130%, of the design wall thickness. (See Chap-
ter 8 – Quality Control and Safety for additional re-
quirements and testing.)
 -%#(!.)#!, 02/0%24)%3
The minimum physical properties for Types I and II,
and Filament Wound (Type X) laminates shall be as
shown in Tables 5- 3 and 5- 7, respectively. Lami-
nates which do not meet the minimum values may be
considered acceptable provided that they are designed
and fabricated to afford the same overall strength
based on a necessarily thicker laminate.
 352&!#% (!2$.%33
The laminate shall have an average Barcol hardness
of at least 90% of the resin manufacturer’s published
hardness for the cured resin, when tested in accor-
dance with ASTM D2583. (See section 8.1.4 – for de-
tailed surface hardness requirements and testing.)
Exception: Laminate surfaces finished with synthetic
veil and resin are considered adequately cured when
the average hardness, established as described
above, equals or exceeds 80% of the Barcol hardness
value established by the resin manufacturer for the
cured resin.
 !00%!2!.#%
The corrosion barrier laminate shall be free of visual
defects, such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, air
bubbles, pinholes, pimples and delamination as de-
fined by ASTM–2563 Level II. The remainder of the
laminate (outer structural portion) shall be free of
visual defects as commercially practical. The exterior
surface shall be smooth and resin rich with no dry fi-
ber visible. All cut ends shall be resin coated to pre-
vent moisture absorption.

 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 CHAPTER 4

FIELD JOINING PROCEDURES

#(!04%2 
 ).42/$5#4)/.
For field installation of FRP duct, the butt–and–strap
or bell–and–spigot joining techniques shall be used
to bond sections of duct together.
While the procedure is similar to shop fabrication
when making the duct, it is recommended that proper-
ly trained personnel be used for field work.
The field wrapped joints shall use the same type of
resin as used to fabricate the duct and follow the same
lay–up sequence as specified for the duct except for
Filament Wound (Type X) laminates which require
a special bond construction. (See Table 5- 8.)
The thickness of the wrapped joint overlay shall be
equal or greater than the thickest section of the FRP
duct being joined.
 02%0!2!4)/. &/2 */).).' $5#4
a. Cut the FRP duct to the desired length, mak-
ing sure that the cut ends are cut squarely to
butt closely as per the tolerances specified in
section 7.26.
b. If there is an internal weld, prepare the inner
surface prior to joining the sections together.
c. With a disc sander, medium to course grit,
roughen the ends of the duct to be joined, re-
moving the resin rich surface to a length 1
to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) longer than the
butt–weld surface to be joined. The sanded
surface should be white, showing some fiber
ends, dust free, no moisture or contamina-
tion (use clean, dry rags to clean joint sur-
faces). The roughened surface must be dry
and clean in order to achieve the proper sec-
ondary bond strength.
d. Bell–and–spigot joints are prepared for join-
ing in the same manner as detailed above for
butt–and–strap end–to–end joints. (See the
Joining Procedures photos at the end of this
chapter.)
 02%0!2!4)/. /& 342!00).'
a. In preparation for lay–up, cut sufficient
quantity of fiberglass mat according to size
and ply requirements. Vendors often supply
lay–up fiberglass strapping kits based on the
size of the duct to the joined.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
&)%,$ */).).' 02/#%$52%3
b. It is often necessary to stage the application
of the field wrap in layers of saturated fiber-
glass mat consisting of only two or three
plies at a time, depending on the total thick-
ness of the joint.
c. On a flat surface covered with release film
(such as MylarQ), lay the widest section of
fiberglass mat and wet out with the catalyzed
resin mix. Work the resin up through the dry
fiberglass mat to minimize air entrapment.
Then add and wet out successive plies until
the layer to be applied is fully saturated.
d. Coat the prepared duct surface with a liberal
layer of catalyzed resin mix prior to wrap-
ping the joint.
e. Commence the lay–up of the joint wrap onto
the duct. Use a 3 to 4 in. (75 to 100 mm) wide
brush and serrated rollers to work- in the res-
in. (See Figure 4- 1.)
Note: The method of applying the presaturated fiber-
glass mat wrap is similar to wrapping a bandage on
a person’s arm or leg. (See Figure 4- 2.)
f. Continue working the joint by rolling the
resin from the center of the joint to the outer
edges. Use moderate force with a serrated
roller to expel trapped air out of the lamina-
te. Be careful not to remove too much resin.
Each layer of fiberglass mat should overlap
the ply beneath it (1/2 to 1 in. (12.7 to 25
mm) wider) and bond directly to the duct in
order to achieve secondary bonding. If the
joint looks dry, use additional mixed, cata-
lyzed resin during rolling.
g. Continue adding plies of resin saturated fi-
berglass mat until the joint is completed,
smoothed out from the center of the wrap to
the edges and allowed to cure. (See Figures
4- 3 and 4- 4.)
h. For large diameter ducting, the presaturated
fiberglass strapping should be applied in
shorter sections around the circumference
for ease in handling. Complete the wrapped
joint around the duct with additional sections
of fiberglass strapping.
i. After the joint has hardened and cooled
down, apply a top coat of resin mix contain-
ing refined paraffin wax and UV screener to
finish the wrapped joint. UV and wax addi-
tives should be pre–dissolved in styrene
monomer before adding to resin mix.

 %15!, /6%2,!0
/. %!#( 3)$%

,!9 50 /. ì TO ì  TO  MM

2%,%!3% &),- â OZFT  GM #(/00%$ 342!.$ -!4
7)$4( &)234 0,9

ì  MM /6%2,!0
3)$%3 !.$ %.$3

&)"%2',!33 -!4 )-02%'.!4%$ 7)4( 2%3). 4/ &/2- !. ).4%'2!, 5.)4 &/2 "544 !.$
342!0 &)%,$ */).43 2%&%2 4/ 4!",%3   /2   !.$   &/2 "/.$ #/.3425#4)/.
7(%. */).).' 490%3 ) !.$ )) ,!-).!4%3 !.$ 4!",%   7(%. */).).' &),!-%.4 7/5.$
490% 8 ,!-).!4%3

&)'52%   02%0!2!4)/. /& 342!00).'

2/5'(%.%$
!2%!

",%.$ !2%!3
05449 &),,%$

4()#+.%33 /& /6%2 72!0 3(/5,$ "% %15!, /2 '2%!4%2 4(!. 4(% 4()#+.%33 /& 4(%
&20 $5#4 2%&%2 4/ 4!",%3   /2   !.$   &/2 "/.$ #/.3425#4)/. 7(%. */).
).' 490%3 ) !.$ )) ,!-).!4%3 !.$ 4!",%   7(%. */).).' &),!-%.4 7/5.$ 490% 8
,!-).!4%3

&)'52%   !00,)#!4)/. /& 342!00).'

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 -5,4)0,% 0,)%3 /& â OZFT
 GM -!4 7)4( 4(%
4()#+.%33 /& 72!0 4/ "%
%15!, /2 4()#+%2 4(!. 4(%
&20 $5#4

05449 &),,%$
*/).4

4()#+.%33 /& /6%2 72!0 3(/5,$ "% %15!, /2 '2%!4%2 4(!. 4(% 4()#+.%33 /& 4(%
&20 $5#4 2%&%2 4/ 4!",%3   /2   !.$   &/2 "/.$ #/.3425#4)/. 7(%. */).
).' 490%3 ) !.$ )) ,!-).!4%3 !.$ 4!",%   7(%. */).).' &),!-%.4 7/5.$ 490% 8
,!-).!4%3

&)'52%   "544â!.$â342!0 %.$â4/â%.$ */).4

05449 &),,%43

ì  MM /2
).4%2)/2 &),,%4 -534 "% ì  MM ,!0
!00,)%$ "%&/2% ).3%24).' 30)'/4

4()#+.%33 /& /6%2 72!0 3(/5,$ "% %15!, /2 '2%!4%2 4(!. 4(% 4()#+.%33 /& 4(%
&20 $5#4 2%&%2 4/ 4!",%3   /2   !.$   &/2 "/.$ #/.3425#4)/. 7(%. */).
).' 490%3 ) !.$ )) ,!-).!4%3 !.$ 4!",%   7(%. */).).' &),!-%.4 7/5.$ 490% 8
,!-).!4%3

&)'52%   "%,,â!.$â30)'/4 */).).' -%4(/$

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 


'%, 4)-% -INUTES





 O& O#

O& O#
 O& O#
O& O#

 BY WEIGHT    
CCGALLON    
-%+ 0EROXIDE  3OLUTION
.OTE 4O CONVERT CCGAL TO FLUID OZGAL DIVIDE BY  CCFLUID OZ

4O CONVERT CCGAL TO CC, DIVIDE BY ,GAL

&)'52%   '%, 4)-% 63 #!4!,934 #/.#%.42!4)/.

!4 6!2)/53 4%-0%2!452%3

 -)8).' 2%3). a. The interior joint surface shall be rough

The resin used for joining FRP duct shall be the same
type used to fabricate the duct.
 */).).' $5#4
Seal the ends of the duct to be joined with resin.
Squeeze together and hold the sections firmly in a fix-
ture until the joint has been completely laid up in
place and hardened. Butted sections can be taped us-
ing three 2 in. x 2 in. (50 x 50 mm) pieces of fiberglass
mat saturated with catalyzed resin to form a tack–
weld. For this purpose, the resin cure time can be
speeded up by increasing the amount of MEKP added
(hot–patch).
 ).4%2.!, */).4 ,!-).!4).' 02/
nal joint using the same procedure as used
#%$52%
When specified on the installation drawings and ac-
cessible, the interior joints of large diameter duct (22
in. (550 mm) or larger) shall be internally sealed with
two overlapping plies of 1–1/2 oz/ft2 (450 g/m2)
chopped strand mat. This inner lay–up of the exposed
duct ends requires the same preparation and lay–up
procedure as used for the exterior joint as follows:
sanded prior to joining the duct sections.
b. Fill the gap between the duct ends with a
fumed silica filled, catalyzed resin, typically
showing a “butter–like” consistency. Trowel
the filled resin into the gap and smooth the
surface flush with the interior of the duct.
Use a hot cure system (increasing the
amount of catalyst to expedite the cure).
c. Prior to lay–up of the interior joint, hand
sand the joint area with coarse sand paper
and remove all dust residue with clean, dry
rags.
d. Proceed to lay–up the two plies of the inter-
for external joints. Finish the internal joint
with one layer of veil and one finish coat of
paraffinated resin.
 #,%!.â50
All equipment should be cleaned in a safety solvent
after each use and wiped dry. Safety solvent can also
be used to clean up work areas.

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 */).).' 02/#%$52%3

#OURTESY OF !SHLAND #HEMICAL

1 Firmly support pipe sections. Square the ends to
be joined using a saber saw.
2 Rough the outside surfaces with sander approxi-
mately 1 in. (25 mm) farther in from the ends than
the finished joint surface. Where inside joints are pos-
sible, interior surfaces should be sanded prior to as-
sembly.

3 Coat roughened end edges of pipe with small 4 Support components in joint position as rigidly as
amount of catalyzed resin. Any large voids may be possible so that no movement occurs while making
filled with a fumed silica filled resin putty. the joint. Fill joint with resin.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

5 A hot–patch technique (see section 4.5) may help
prevent movement of pipe during the weld–cure peri-
od. Wet 2 in. (50 mm) squares of mat with a small
amount of resin. Apply hot–patches at intervals
around joint. Curing or hardening in a matter of min-
utes, they secure duct sections in proper alignment.
Mix resin and catalyst for hot–patches in a small pa-
per cup and safely discard after use to avoid contami-
nating the laminating resin.
7 After mixing in the catalyst thoroughly, pour the
resin onto the widest mat first. Spread it over the en-
tire mat strip, working it into the mat fibers manually.
(Neoprene gloves are recommended.)
 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
6 Lay out fiberglass mat strips on the work table.
Length of each strip should be two inches longer than
circumference of duct. Strips longer than 36 in. (915
mm) may be cut in half to simplify application. Mix
prescribed amount of catalyst with required amount
of resin in a separate clean container. Prepare only the
amount of resin which can be used immediately
(about 1 qt (0.9 liter) per 6 ft2 (0.55 m2) of mat). Resin
will harden in approximately 20 to 30 minutes.
8 Place the next widest strip onto the first the first
with one end of the second strip starting approximate-
ly 1 in. in from end of the first. Doing this with each
successive strip results in a feathered edge to produce
a smooth weld strip joint. (See Figure 4- 1.) Add more
resin and work into the second strip.
9 Add other strips in the same manner. In preparing
each strip, it is best to be a little “lean” on resin at
this stage rather than over–wetting. More resin may
be added later, if necessary. After laying the final
strip, compress strips together with glove–protected
hand to remove large air bubbles and to make sure all
layers are wetted with the resin.
11 Be sure the joining strip is centered, with care
taken to avoid wrinkles on the under or back side of
the joint. Continue applying the strip around the joint
until the free end overlaps the beginning. Lightly
press out the air bubbles with gloved hands.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
10 Pick up the completed joining strip by one end
and center it carefully on the duct joint. Apply the ta-
pered end first with the narrowest strip placed directly
on the duct joint.
12 Finish the application of the joining strip with
the roller. Any remaining air bubbles will appear as
light spots. These should be rolled to the edge of the
joint where they will be released and disappear. If
joint is not a straight butt joint, a little extra rolling
and hand work to shape mat strips to structure config-
uration will eliminate bumps and ridges.

13 At this stage, resin may be added where neces-
sary if any mat appears to be not thoroughly wetted.
It is better to have too little resin on the joining strip,
when applied, than too much. Over wetting makes it
difficult to keep the strips in place. Finally, coat the
remaining surface areas with resin.
14 Allow the completed joint to completely cure,
tack free. Do not remove or disturb joint until it is
thoroughly cured. If temperature is below 55^F
(13^C), keep joined areas warm with heat lamps. For
exterior installations, protect the joint from the
weather.

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 CHAPTER 5

DESIGN OF ROUND FRP DUCT

#(!04%2 
 $%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#43 53
 $ESIGN FOR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
).' 490%3 ) !.$ )) ,!-).!4%3
 )NTRODUCTION
The design procedures and fabrication requirements
described in this chapter apply to round (cylindrical)
FRP ducts, intended for positive and negative pres-
sure (vacuum) systems, operating in corrosive envi-
ronments at temperatures up to 180^F (82^C) and
fabricated from laminates based on thermoset polyes-
ter resins having a heat deflection temperature (HDT)
of 180^F (82^C) or higher. Higher temperature ap-
plications require special premium grade resins ex-
hibiting higher HDT’s to suit the higher temperature
requirements based on the resin manufacturer’s rec-
ommendations for such service.
Exception: Laminates fabricated from resin systems
having an HDT of less than 180^F (82^C) may be
used to fabricate FRP ducts designed using the proce-
dures and tables contained in this manual when the
corrosion and operation temperature requirements of
the intended application can be met with the selected
resin system.
FRP ducts fabricated per the requirements of this sec-
tion shall be fabricated by hand lay–up or contact
molding methods using Types I and II laminates as
described in Chapter 3.
 -INIMUM ,AMINATE 0HYSICAL #HARAC
 2EQUIRED ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS
TERISTICS
The number and sequence of plies of fiberglass rein-
forcement required for each type and laminate thick-
ness are listed in Tables 5- 1 and 5- 2. The minimum
required physical characteristics for laminate Types
I and II are listed in Table 5- 3. These tables are re-
printed from ASME RTP–1–1995 Edition, courtesy
of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
The physical characteristics of the design laminate,
on which the duct fabrication is predicated, must meet
or exceed the minimum values listed in Table 5- 3.
Substantiation of laminate properties may be in the
form of current or historical test records for the lami-
nate under consideration. Tests supporting laminate
properties must have been performed per the require-
ments of ASTM D638–96.
Note: Duct construction using Filament Wound (Type
X) laminates is discussed in section 5.2, including de-
sign tables and minimum laminate physical charac-
teristics.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
$%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#4
6ACUUM
For the practical application of the tables in this sec-
tion, it suffices to say that Tables 5- 4 and 5- 4M list
the maximum recommended operating negative pres-
sure for Types I and II laminates.
Note: For a detailed discussion of the development
of the design tables contained in this manual, the as-
sumptions and design concepts on which the ratings
are based, and the testing program which validates
the results, see Appendix A.
The data in Tables 5- 4 and 5- 4M is arranged with
the nominal laminate thickness heading the columns
and a series of duct diameters listed vertically, start-
ing with the smallest at 4 in. (100 mm) to the largest
at 72 in. (1800 mm).
The tables are based on two important assumptions:
a. the safety factor for each combination of
laminate thickness and diameter is equal to
or greater than 4.0, and
b. the distance between supports is a maximum
of 10 ft (3050 mm).
Typically, before selecting the required laminate
thickness for a particular application, the system de-
sign pressure (positive or negative), the duct diame-
ter, and the laminate type are known.
To select the required laminate thickness, first deter-
mine the system design pressure. If the system design
pressure is positive, go to section 5.1.4. If the system
design pressure is negative, use either Table 5- 4 or
5- 4M to complete the following steps:
a. Find the smallest diameter listing that equals
or exceeds the diameter of the duct under
consideration.
b. Move horizontally within the range of the
appropriate laminate type and find the mini-
mum pressure rating that equals or exceeds
the system design pressure.
c. Move vertically to the header of the column
and identify the corresponding nominal lam-
inate thickness.
 ,AMINATE #ONSTRUCTION AND -INIMUM
2EQUIRED -ECHANICAL 0ROPERTIES
To complete the selection of the basic construction
requirements for FRP ducts, two additional pieces of
information must be identified:

 a. Laminate Reinforcement Sequence – From
Table 5- 1 or 5- 2, select the appropriate re-
inforcement sequence for the required lami-
nate thickness previously selected from
Table 5- 4 or 5- 4M.
b. Minimum Required Mechanical Properties –
From Table 5- 3, identify the minimum lam-
inate properties required to meet the design
ratings of Tables 5- 4 and 5- 4M.
 $ESIGN FOR 0OSITIVE 0RESSURE
The following wall thickness requirements shall ap-
ply to round FRP ducts intended for applications oper-
ating under positive internal pressure up to 30 in. wg
(7500 Pa):
Although cylindrical shapes are inherently very
strong under positive internal pressure, requiring
minimal wall thickness to contain pressures in excess
of positive 30 in. wg (7500 Pa), we are recommending
a heavier wall to avoid ovalling of the duct over ex-
tended periods of time and to absorb, without damage,
the rigors of handling during fabrication, transport,
and installation.
 3ELECTION OF &LANGE $ETAILS
Flanges for round FRP ducts fabricated from any of
the laminates covered by this manual shall be fabri-
cated per the requirements of this section, Table 5- 5,
Figure 5- 1, and any applicable requirements from
Chapter 7.

DIAMETER LAMINATE THICKNESS To select appropriate flange details for a specific ap-
in. (mm) in. (mm) plication, refer to Table 5- 5 and based on the duct
4–12 (100–300) 0.125 (3.18) diameter, find the minimum diameter listing that
equals or exceeds it. Use the flange details listed for
13–36 (325–900) 0.188 (4.76) that diameter following the notes and dimensional in-
37–72 (950–1800) 0.250 (6.35) formation from Figure 5- 1.

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 Nominal Thickness Drafting
Number and Sequence of Plies
[Notes (1) and (2)] Symbols
in. (mm) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
0.139 (3.53) V M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 3M
0.182 (4.62) V M M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 4M
7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

0.225 (5.72) V M M M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 5M
0.268 (6.81) V M M M M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 6M
0.311 (7.89) V M M M M M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 7M
0.354 (8.99) V M M M M M M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 8M
0.397 (10.08) V M M M M M M M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 9M
0.440 (11.18) V M M M M M M M M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 10M
0.483 (12.27) V M M M M M M M M M M M ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 11M
0.526 (13.36) V M M M M M M M M M M M M ... ... ... ... ... V, 12M
0.569 (14.45) V M M M M M M M M M M M M M ... ... ... ... V, 13M
0.612 (15.54) V M M M M M M M M M M M M M M ... ... ... V, 14M
0.655 (16.64) V M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M ... ... V, 15M
0.698 (17.73) V M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M ... V, 16M
0.741 (18.82) V M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M V, 17M

7DEOH ï 6WDQGDUG &RPSRVLWLRQ RI 7\SH , /DPLQDWHV

GENERAL NOTES:
a. SMACNA added laminate (V, 3M) to original ASME table. Modified table is intended for FRP duct construction purposes only.
b. Actual thickness and glass content of each sequence of plies shall be established by each Fabricator based on his design basis laminate.
c. Corrosion barrier (plies 1, 2, and 3) shall gel and exotherm before structural plies are added.
d. Structural lay• up may be interrupted at intervals long enough to exotherm in accordance with Fabricator' s procedure.
e. A weight equivalent layer or layers of chopped strand glass or mat may be used in place of layers of 1• 1/2 oz/ft2 (450 g/m2) mat.
f. Metric units were added by SMACNA to original ASME table.
g. Table information reprinted from ASME RTP• 1• 1995 Edition, Table M1A• 2, courtesy of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
(ASME RTP- 1a- 1996 Addenda has renumbered source table as Table 2A- 1.)

NOTES:
1. Nominal thickness is calculated as follows:
V = 10 mil surface mat (veil) • 0.010 in./ply (0.25 mm/ply)
M = 1• 1/2 oz/ft2 (450 g/m2) mat • 0.043 in./ply (1.09 mm/ply)
2. This information is based on historical data and may not reflect all laminates made today. Laminates made today are often thinner and have a higher glass
content. The table should be used for establishing minimum glass plies per nominal laminate thickness. Ply thickness should be based on design basis


laminates.


Nominal Thickness Drafting

[N
[Notes (1) and
d (2)] Number and Sequence of Plies
Symbols
in. (mm) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0.215 (5.46) V M M M R M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 2M, MRM
0.291 (7.39) V M M M R M R M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 2M, 2(MR)M
0.367 (9.32) V M M M R M R M R M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 2M, 3(MR)M
0.410 (10.41) V M M M R M R M R M M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 2M, 3(MR)M, M
0.486 (12.34) V M M M R M R M R M M R M ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V, 2M, 3(MR)M, MRM
0.562 (14.27) V M M M R M R M R M M R M R M ... ... ... ... ... V, 2M, 3(MR)M, 2(MR)M
0.638 (16.21) V M M M R M R M R M M R M R M R M ... ... ... V, 2M, 3(MR)M, 3(MR)M
0.681 (17.29) V M M M R M R M R M M R M R M R M M ... ... V, 2M, 3(MR)M, 3(MR)M,M
7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

0.757 (19.23) V M M M R M R M R M M R M R M R M M R M V, 2M, 3(MR)M, 3(MR)M, MRM

7DEOH ï 6WDQGDUG &RPSRVLWLRQ RI 7\SH ,, /DPLQDWHV

GENERAL NOTES:
a. Actual thickness and glass content of each sequence of plies shall be established by each Fabricator based on his design basis laminate.
b. Corrosion barrier (plies 1, 2, and 3) shall gel and exotherm before structural plies are added.
c. Structural lay• up may be interrupted long enough to exotherm between adjacent MM" plies. If required by fabrication procedure, location of exotherm
plies (plies 10 and 17) may be shifted within the laminate body. No plies may be omitted.
d. A weight equivalent layer or layers of chopped strand glass or mat may be used in place of layers of 1• 1/2 oz/ft2 (450 g/m2) mat.
e. Metric units were added by SMACNA to original ASME table.
f. Table information reprinted from ASME RTP• 1• 1995 Edition, Table M1A• 3, courtesy of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
(ASME RTP- 1a- 1996 Addenda has renumbered source table as Table 2A- 2.)

NOTES:
1. Nominal thickness is calculated as follows:
V = 10 mil surface mat (veil) • 0.010 in./ply (0.25 mm/ply)
M = 1• 1/2 oz/ft2 (450 g/m2) mat • 0.043 in./ply (1.09 mm/ply)
R = 24 oz/yd2 (810 g/m2) woven roving • 0.033 in./ply (0.84 mm/ply)
2. This information is based on historical data and may not reflect all laminates made today. Laminates made today are often thinner and have a higher glass
content. The table should be used for establishing minimum glass plies per nominal laminate thickness. Ply thickness should be based on design basis
laminates.
 Nominal Ultimate Tensile Tensile Modulus, Ultimate Flexural Flexural Modulus,
Thickness Type Strength, psi (MPa) psi (MPa) Strength, psi (MPa) psi (MPa)
in. (mm) [Note (1)] [Note (1)] [Note (2)] [Note (2)]

ALL I 9.0 x 103 (62) 1.0 x 106 (6900) 16.0 x 103 (110) 0.7 x 106 (4850)

0.215 (5.5) II 12.0 x 103 (83) 1.3 x 106 (8950) 19.0 x 103 (131) 0.8 x 106 (5500)

0.291 (7.4) II 13.5 x 103 (93) 1.4 x 106 (9650) 20.0 x 103 (138) 0.9 x 106 (6200)

0.367 (9.3) and up II 15.0 x 103 (104) 1.5 x 106 (10350) 22.0 x 103 (152) 1.0 x 106 (6900)

7DEOH ï 0LQLPXP 0HFKDQLFDO 3URSHUWLHV RI 7\SHV , DQG ,, /DPLQDWHV

GENERAL NOTES:
a. The tabulated values remain unchanged up to 180EF (82EC). Above that temperature, measured properties
may decrease.
b. Metric units were added by SMACNA to original ASME table.
c. Table information reprinted from ASME RTP• 1• 1995 Edition, Table M1A• 4, courtesy of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers. (ASME RTP- 1a- 1996 Addenda has renumbered source table as Table
2A- 3.)
NOTES:
1. ASTM D638 at 73EF (23EC)
2. ASTM D790 at 73EF (23EC)

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

  FT -IN 3AFETY &ACTOR OF 


3UPPORT 3PAN 2OUND $UCT

,!-).!4%3 490% ) 490% ))
-ODULUS OF
 X   X   X   X   X 
%LASTICITY %  PSI


4HICKNESS IN             
$IAMETER IN
             
             
             
             
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
 .2            
 .2            
 .2            
 .2            
 .2 .2           
 .2 .2           
 .2 .2           
 .2 .2 .2          
4ABLE   .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF 4YPES )  )) ,AMINATES IN IN WG
NOTES:
a. Cells marked NR (Not Rated) represent diameter and laminate combinations not covered by this table.
b. Cells marked ... represent diameter and laminate combinations beyond the scope of this manual. They are more than adequate at the maximum rating
of 30 in. wg but become economically less attractive with increasing thickness.
c. To select Type I and II laminates for Positive pressure systems, see section 5.1.4.
  MM 3UPPORT 3PAN 2OUND $UCT -IN 3AFETY &ACTOR OF 
,!-).!4%3 490% ) 490% ))
-ODULUS OF
 X   X   X   X   X 
%LASTICITY %  +0A


4HICKNESS MM             
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

$IAMETER MM
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
 .2            
 .2            
 .2            
 .2            
 .2 .2           
 .2 .2           
 .2 .2           
 .2 .2 .2          
4ABLE  - .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF 4YPES )  )) ,AMINATES IN 0A
NOTES:
a. Cells marked NR (Not Rated) represent diameter and laminate combinations not covered by this table.
b. Cells marked ... represent diameter and laminate combinations beyond the scope of this manual. They are more than adequate at the maximum rating
of 30 in. wg but become economically less attractive with increasing thickness.


c. To select Type I and II laminates for Positive pressure systems, see section 5.1.4.
 Duct Minimum Bolt Equivalent
a b tf
Diameter No. of Bolts Size Metric Bolt
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
in. (mm) in. (mm)
4 (100) 2 (50) 2 (50) 0.215 (5.46) 4 5/16 M8
5 (130) 2 (50) 2 (50) 0.215 (5.46) 6 5/16 M8
6 (150) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.215 (5.46) 6 5/16 M8
8 (200) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.215 (5.46) 8 3/8 M10
10 (250) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.291 (7.39) 8 3/8 M10
12 (300) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.291 (7.39) 10 3/8 M10
14 (350) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.367 (9.32) 12 3/8 M10
16 (400) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.367 (9.32) 14 3/8 M10
18 (450) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.367 (9.32) 16 3/8 M10
20 (500) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.367 (9.32) 16 3/8 M10
24 (600) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.410 (10.41) 20 1/2 M12
28 (700) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.410 (10.41) 24 1/2 M12
30 (750) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.486 (12.34) 26 1/2 M12
32 (800) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.486 (12.34) 28 1/2 M12
36 (900) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.486 (12.34) 32 1/2 M12
42 (1050) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.562 (14.27) 36 1/2 M12
48 (1225) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.562 (14.27) 40 1/2 M12
54 (1375) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.638 (16.21) 42 1/2 M12
60 (1525) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.638 (16.21) 44 1/2 M12
66 (1675) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.638 (16.21) 48 1/2 M12
72 (1825) 3 (75) 3 (75) 0.681 (17.29) 54 1/2 M12

7DEOH ï 0LQLPXP )ODQJH 'LPHQVLRQV )RU 5RXQG 'XFW

BOLT HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED WI

E
WI
F

WG

NOTES: D
1. ALL FLANGE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE TYPE II LAMINATES EXCEPT 4 to 8 in. (100 to 200 mm)
DIAMETER DUCT WHICH MAY HAVE 0.250 in. (6.4 mm) TYPE I CONSTRUCTION. (THE FLANGE
THICKNESS (tf) LISTED IN TABLE 5- 5 IS BASED ON TYPE II LAMINATES.)
2. DIMENSION c SHALL BE 40 to 50% OF DIMENSION b
3. DIMENSIONS a, b, and tf ARE CONSIDERED MINIMUMS. LARGER, HEAVIER FLANGES ARE ACCEPTABLE
WITH OWNER’S APPROVAL.
4. MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR BOLTS SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED THOSE OF A307 TYPE BOLTS OR ISO
4017/4014 8.8 FOR METRIC BOLTS.

),*85( ï )53 )/$1*( '(7$,/6

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 $%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#43 53
a. the safety factor for each combination of
).' &),!-%.4 7/5.$ 490% 8 laminate thickness and diameter is equal to
,!-).!4%3
 )NTRODUCTION
The design procedures and fabrication requirements
described in this chapter apply to round (cylindrical)
FRP ducts, intended for positive and negative pres-
sure (vacuum) systems, operating in corrosive envi-
ronments at temperatures up to 180^F (82^C) and
fabricated from laminates based on thermoset polyes-
ter resins having a heat deflection temperature (HDT)
of 180^F (82^C) or higher. Higher temperature ap-
plications require special premium grade resins ex-
hibiting higher HDT’s to suit the higher temperature
requirements based on the resin manufacturer’s rec-
ommendations for such service.
FRP ducts fabricated per the requirements of this sec-
tion shall be fabricated by contact molding methods
using Filament Wound (Type X) laminates as de-
scribed in Chapter 3.
 -INIMUM ,AMINATE 0HYSICAL #HARAC
pressure rating that equals or exceeds the
TERISTICS
The composite structure for each laminate combina-
tion and their corresponding nominal thickness are
listed in Table 5- 6. The minimum required physical
characteristics for Filament Wound (Type X) lami-
nates are listed in Table 5- 7.
 $ESIGN FOR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
6ACUUM requirements for FRP ducts fabricated from Filament
For the practical application of the tables in this sec-
tion, it suffices to say that Tables 5- 9 and 5- 9M list
the maximum recommended operating negative pres-
sure for Filament Wound (Type X) laminates.
Note: For a detailed discussion of the development
of the design tables contained in this manual, the as-
sumptions and design concepts on which the ratings
are based, and the testing program which validates
the results, see Appendix A.
The data in Tables 5- 9 and 5- 9M is arranged with
the Filament Wound (Type X) laminate combination
(S1 through S13) heading the columns and a series of
duct diameters listed vertically, starting with the
smallest at 4 in. (100 mm) to the largest at 72 in. (1800
mm).
The tables are based on two important assumptions:
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
or greater than 4.0, and
b. the distance between supports is a maximum
of 10 ft (3050 mm).
Typically, before selecting the required laminate
thickness for a particular application, the system de-
sign pressure (positive or negative), the duct diame-
ter, and the laminate type are known.
 2EQUIRED ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS
To select the required laminate thickness, first deter-
mine the system design pressure. If the system design
pressure is positive, go to section 5.2.4. If the system
design pressure is negative, use either Table 5- 9 or
5- 9M to complete the following steps:
a. Find the smallest diameter listing that equals
or exceeds the diameter of the duct under
consideration.
b. Move horizontally and find the minimum
system design pressure.
c. Move vertically to the header of the column
and identify the corresponding laminate
combination.
 ,AMINATE #ONSTRUCTION AND -INIMUM
2EQUIRED -ECHANICAL 0ROPERTIES
To complete the selection of the basic construction
Wound (Type X) laminates and operating under a
negative design pressure, two more pieces of informa-
tion must be identified:
a. Composite Laminate Structure – From Table
5- 6, select the appropriate composite lami-
nate structure corresponding to the laminate
combination previously selected from Table
5- 9 or 5- 9M.
b. Minimum Required Mechanical Properties –
From Table 5- 7, identify the minimum lam-
inate mechanical properties required to meet
the design ratings of Tables 5- 9 and 5- 9M.
 $ESIGN FOR 0OSITIVE 0RESSURE
The following wall thickness requirements shall ap-
ply to round FRP ducts intended for applications oper-
ating under positive internal pressure up to 30 in. wg
(7500 Pa):

 LAMINATE minimal wall thickness to contain pressures in excess
DIAMETER LAMINATE of positive 30 in. wg (7500 Pa), we are recommending
THICKNESS
in. (mm) COMBINATION a heavier wall to avoid ovalling of the duct over ex-
in. (mm)
4–12 0.140 tended periods of time and to absorb, without damage,
S1 the rigors of handling during fabrication, transport,
(100–300) (3.56)
and installation.
13–42 0.180
S3
(325–1050) (4.57)
 3ELECTION OF &LANGE $ETAILS
43–72 0.220
S5
(1075–1800) (5.59)
For the selection of appropriate flange details for FRP
ducts fabricated from Filament Wound (Type X) lam-
Although cylindrical shapes are inherently very inates, refer to the table and selection procedure de-
strong under positive internal pressure, requiring scribed in section 5.1.5.

4OTAL 4HICKNESS
#OMBINATION #OMPOSITE 3TRUCTURE
IN MM
3 6--
â  ,(7

 4HICK  

3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
3 6-- â  ,(7  4HICK  
4ABLE   &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 #OMPOSITE ,AMINATES

NOTES:
* VMM – corrosion liner – 0.100 in. (2.54 mm)
** LHW – Layers Helix Winding – 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) per layer
Winding Angle between 60 and 70 degrees

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 #OMBINATION 4HICKNESS (OOP -ODULUS !XIAL -ODULUS
IN MM PSI -0A PSI -0A
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  
3    X    X  

4ABLE   -INIMUM -ECHANICAL 0ROPERTIES OF

&ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES

7ALL
#OMBINATION "OND #ONSTRUCTION
4HICKNESS
3   ì  MM â -2--
3   ì  MM â -2 ì  MM â -2-
3   ì  MM â -2 ì  MM â -2--
3   ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2--
3   ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2-2-
3   ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2-2-
3   ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2-
3   ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2--
3   ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2-2 ì  MM â -2--
3   ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2-2 ì  MM â -2-2-
3   ì  MM â -2- ì  MM â -2-2 ë  MM â -2-2--

4ABLE   -INIMUM "OND #ONSTRUCTION FOR

&ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES

NOTES:
a. Entire bond construction given in this table is to be placed on the exterior surface. Where possible, or for
duct diameters greater than 22 in. (550 mm), apply 6” (150 mm) MMVV on interior surface in addition
to bonds shown in this table.
b. Apply 2 in. (50 mm) wide veil first on exterior surface if no bond is applied on interior surface.
c. M = 1–1/2 oz/ft2 (450 g/m 2) Mat
d. R = 24 oz/yd2 (810 g/m2) Woven Roving

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

  FT -IN 3AFETY &ACTOR OF 


3UPPORT 3PAN 2OUND $UCT

,!-).!4%3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
$IAMETER IN
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

       

       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 .2      
 .2      
 .2      
 .2      
4ABLE   .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES IN IN WG

NOTES:
a. Cells marked NR (Not Rated) represent diameter and laminate combinations not covered by this table.
b. Cells marked ... represent diameter and laminate combinations beyond the scope of this manual. They are more than adequate at the maximum rating
of 30 in. wg but become economically less attractive with increasing thickness.
c. To select Filament Wound (Type X) laminates for Positive pressure systems see section 5.2.4.
  MM 3UPPORT 3PAN 2OUND $UCT -IN 3AFETY &ACTOR OF 
,!-).!4%3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
$IAMTER MM
       
       
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

       

       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 .2      
 .2      
 .2      
 .2      
4ABLE  - .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES IN 0A

NOTES:
a. Cells marked NR (Not Rated) represent diameter and laminate combinations not covered by this table.
b. Cells marked ... represent diameter and laminate combinations beyond the scope of this manual. They are more than adequate at the maximum rating
of 7500 Pa but become economically less attractive with increasing thickness.
c. To select Filament Wound (Type X) laminates for Positive pressure systems see section 5.2.4.

 7+,6 3$*( ,17(17,21$//< /()7 %/$1.

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 CHAPTER 6

DESIGN OF
RECTANGULAR FRP DUCT
#(!04%2 
 $%3)'. /& 2%#4!.'5,!2 &20
$5#43 53).' 490% ) !.$ )) ,!-)
%ITHER 0OSITIVE OR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
.!4%3
 ).42/$5#4)/.
The design procedures and fabrication requirements
described in this chapter apply to rectangular FRP
ducts, intended for positive and negative (vacuum)
pressure systems, operating in corrosive environ-
ments at temperatures up to 180^F (82^C), and fabri-
cated from laminates based on thermoset polyester
resins having a heat deflection temperature (HDT) of
180^F (82^C) or higher.
Exception: Laminates fabricated from resin systems
having an HDT of less than 180^F (82^C) may be
used to fabricate FRP ducts designed using the proce-
dures and tables contained in this manual provided
that the corrosion and operating temperature require-
ments of the intended application can be met with the
selected resin system.
Higher temperature applications require special pre-
mium grade resins exhibiting HDT’s to suite the high-
er temperature requirements. Resin selection should
always be based on the resin manufacturer’s recom-
mendation for the specific application or service.
FRP ducts fabricated per the requirements of this
chapter, shall be fabricated by hand lay–up or contact
molding methods, using Types I and II laminates as
described in Chapter 3.
Note: Filament Wound (Type X) rectangular ducts
are not covered in this document.
 -INIMUM ,AMINATE 0HYSICAL #HARAC
the laminate type are known.
TERISTICS
The number and sequence of fiberglass plies required
for each laminate type and thickness are listed in
Tables 5- 1 and 5- 2 for laminates Type I and II, re-
spectively. The minimum required physical charac-
teristics for both laminates are listed in Table 5- 3.
The physical characteristics of the design laminate,
on which the duct fabrication is predicated, must meet
or exceed the minimum values listed in Table 5- 3.
Substantiation of laminate properties may be in the
form of current or historical test records for the lami-
nate under consideration. Tests supporting laminate
properties must have been performed per the require-
ments of ASTM D638–96.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
$%3)'. /& 2%#4!.'5,!2 &20 $5#4
 3ELECTION OF ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS FOR
3YSTEMS
For the practical application of this chapter’s tables
it suffices to say that Tables 6- 1 through 6- 6 (Tables
6- 1M through 6- 6M) list the laminate thickness and
stiffener requirements for various rectangular duct
sizes, at three pressure levels: 10, 20, and 30 in. wg.
(2500, 5000, and 7500 Pa). There are separate tables
for positive and negative pressure systems.
Note: For a detailed discussion of the development
of the design tables contained in this manual, the as-
sumptions and design concepts on which the ratings
are based, and the testing program which validates
the results, see Appendix A.
The data in Tables 6- 1 through 6- 6 (Tables 6- 1M
through 6- 6M) is arranged starting with dimensions
representing a rectangular duct listed in two contigu-
ous columns. The first column represents the longest
side and the second the short side. Duct sizes start at
12 in. (300 mm) by 6 in. (150 mm) and increase to
96 in. (2400 mm) square. Each series of duct sizes
starts with an incremental change in the longest–side
column and a series of alternative sizes in the short–
side column, increasing progressively from the small-
est practical combination up to square. The table has
a fourth column which shows the maximum allow-
able stiffener spacing for a particular duct size, when
stiffeners are required. A blank in the fourth column
indicates that the corresponding duct combination is
an unstiffened design.
Typically, before selecting the required laminate
thickness for a particular application the system de-
sign pressure (positive or negative), the duct size, and
 2EQUIRED ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS
To select the required laminate thickness for an ap-
plication, follow these steps:
a. Based on the known system design pressure,
select the appropriate table. For positive
pressure systems go to Tables 6- 1 through
6- 3 (Tables 6- 1M through 6- 3M), and for
negative pressure systems go to Tables 6- 4
through 6- 6 (Tables 6- 4M through 6- 6M).
b. Enter the first column of the table and find
a value that equals or exceeds the longest
side of the rectangular duct.

 c. Move to the second column and find a value
that equals or exceeds the short side of the
duct.
d. Move horizontally to the third column and
identify the required laminate thickness.
Note: When selecting the required thickness
for intermediate duct sizes, great care must
be exercised to always select the higher lam-
inate thickness. Sometimes this corresponds
to the next higher duct size listed, and some-
times it may correspond to the nearest lower
size listed. Always select the heavier lami-
nate.
e. If your selection corresponds to an unstif-
fened design (blank space in fourth column),
you may want to consider a stiffened design
that will result in a lighter laminate thick-
ness.
If so, identify the new required laminate
thickness and note the listed maximum stiff-
ener spacing. To select the appropriate stiff-
ener construction, go to section 6.2. Keep in
mind that the maximum stiffener spacing
must be based on the required laminate
thickness just selected.
Note: An asterisk or two in the Shell–Thick-
ness column indicates that one or two 6 in.
 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
(150 mm) wide layers of mat reinforcement
are required at the corners for that particu-
lar duct size. This additional reinforcement
is centered along each corner of the duct,
and is applied to the entire length of the sec-
tion. This technique, to stiffen the corners,
permits the use of a lighter duct shell than
would otherwise be possible. (See Figure
6- 1.)
 ,AMINATE #ONSTRUCTION AND -INIMUM
2EQUIRED -ECHANICAL 0ROPERTIES
To complete the selection of the basic construction
requirements for FRP ducts, two additional pieces of
information must be identified:
a. Laminate Reinforcement Sequence – From
Table 5- 1 or 5- 2, select the appropriate re-
inforcement sequence for the required lami-
nate thickness previously selected from
Tables 6- 1 through 6- 3 (Tables 6- 1M
through 6- 3M) or Tables 6- 4 through 6- 6
(Tables 6- 4M through 6- 6M).
b. Minimum Required Mechanical Properties –
From Table 5- 3, identify the minimum lam-
inate properties required to meet the design
ratings of Tables 6- 1 through 6- 3 (Tables
6- 1M through 6- 3M) and Tables 6- 4
through 6- 6 (Tables 6- 4M through 6- 6M).
  IN WG  0A
2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4 2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4
$5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23 $5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23
,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING ,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING
IN IN IN IN MM MM MM MM
     
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

     

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 !LL 5P 4O     !LL 5P 4O   
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
     
     
     
     
 !LL 5P 4O     !LL 5P 4O   
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
4ABLE   0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG 4ABLE  - 0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A


NOTE: For Negative Pressure (vacuum) applications see Tables 6- 4 through 6- 6 (Tables 6- 4M through 6- 6M)
  IN WG  0A


2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4 2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4
$5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23 $5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23
,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING ,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING
IN IN IN IN MM MM MM MM
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

  
  

  
  

     

     
     
  
  

     

     
     
  
  

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  

     
     
     
  
  

 !LL 5P 4O     !LL 5P 4O   

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q 
  !LL 5P 4O 3Q 

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q 
  !LL 5P 4O 3Q 

4ABLE   0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG 4ABLE  - 0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A
NOTES:
a. For Negative Pressure (vacuum) applications see Tables 6- 4 through 6- 6 (Tables 6- 4M through 6- 6M)
b. Ducts marked (*) require an additional 6” (150 mm) wide ply fiberglass mat centered along each of the four corners of the duct section.
  IN WG  0A
2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#43 2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#43
$5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23 $5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23
,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING ,ONGEST3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING
IN IN IN IN MM MM MM MM
     
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

     

     
     
     
  
  

  
  

  
  

  
  

  
  

     

     
     
  
  

     

     
     
  
  

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  

     
     
     
     
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
4ABLE   0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG 4ABLE  - 0OSITIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A
NOTES:
a. For Negative Pressure (vacuum) applications see Tables 6- 4 through 6- 6 (Tables 6- 4M through 6- 6M)
b. Ducts marked (*) require an additional 6” (150 mm) wide ply fiberglass mat centered along each of the four corners of the duct section.

  IN WG  0A


2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4 2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4
$5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23 $5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23
,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING ,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING
IN IN IN IN MM MM MM MM
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

     

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
     
     
     
     
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O   
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
4ABLE   .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG 4ABLE  - .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A
NOTE: For Positive Pressure applications see Tables 6- 1 through 6- 3 (Tables 6- 1M through 6- 3M)
  IN WG  0A
2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4 2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4
$5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23 $5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23
,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING ,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING
IN IN IN IN MM MM MM MM
     
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

     

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  

     

     
     
  
  

     

     
     
  
  

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  

     
     
     
     
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q 
  !LL 5P 4O 3Q 

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q 
  !LL 5P 4O 3Q 

4ABLE   .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG 4ABLE  - .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A
NOTES: a. For Positive Pressure applications see Tables 6- 1 through 6- 3 (Tables 6- 1M through 6- 3M)


b. Ducts marked (*) require an additional 6” (150 mm) wide ply fiberglass mat centered along each of the four corners of the duct section.
  IN WG  0A


2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4 2%15)2%$ ,!-).!4% 4()#+.%33 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4
$5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23 $5#4 3(%,, 34)&&%.%23
,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING ,ONGEST 3IDE /THER 3IDE 4HICKNESS -AX 3PACING
IN IN IN IN MM MM MM MM
     
     
     
     
     
  
  

     

     
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

  
  

  
  

     

     
  
  

  

  

     

     
     
  
  

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  

     
     
     
  
  

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  

 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
 !LL 5P 4O 3Q    !LL 5P 4O 3Q  
4ABLE   .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  IN WG 4ABLE  - .EGATIVE $ESIGN 0RESSURE OF  0A
NOTES: a. For Positive Pressure applications see Tables 6- 1 through 6- 3 (Tables 6- 1M through 6- 3M)
b. Ducts marked (*) require an additional 6” (150 mm) wide ply fiberglass mat centered along each of the four corners of the duct section.
c. Ducts marked (**) require two additional 6” (150 mm) wide plies fiberglass mat centered along each of the four corners of the duct section.
 3%,%#4)/. /& 34)&&%.%23 !.$
&,!.'%3 &/2 2%#4!.'5,!2
$5#4 3934%-3
 )NTRODUCTION
Two basic stiffener designs can be considered for rec-
tangular FRP ducts using Type II laminate construc-
tion for bonding the stiffener “ribs” to the FRP duct
shell:
a. Wood stiffener with 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) FRP
bond
b. Semi–circular foam filler with 1/4 in. (6.4
mm) FRP bond
Note: Other structural shapes of composite materials
having equivalent structural properties as those
shown on Tables 6- 8 through 6- 10 (Tables 6- 8M
through 6- 10M) may be substituted.
(However, because of the difference in thermal ex-
pansion characteristics between metals and FRP, and
the possible corrosion problems they engender, metal
structural shapes are not recommended for stiffening
FRP duct.)
The stiffener tables cover three pressure levels 10, 20,
and 30 in. wg (2500, 5000, and 7500 Pa), each table
is valid for both positive and negative pressure. The
tables list the maximum allowable span for each stiff-
ener, based on three different design criteria: stress
less than or equal to 2300 psi (333.6 kPa), a panel
deflection less than or equal to 3/4 in. (19.1 mm) or
L/120, whichever is least. Within each pressure level
there are separate tables for stiffener intervals (spac-
ing) of 30, 36, 42, 48, and 54 in. (750, 900, 1050,
1200, and 1350 mm).
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
 3ELECTION OF 3TIFFENERS FOR 2ECTANGU
LAR $UCT 3YSTEMS
If the chosen design from section 6.1.3 requires stiff-
eners, follow these steps for stiffener selection:
a. Based on the system design pressure and
maximum allowable stiffener spacing, select
the appropriate stiffener table.
Note: For each stiffener the maximum allowable span
corresponding to each of the three design criteria are
listed. The value governing the design is the lower of
the three and is bolded to simplify identification.
b. Enter the appropriate table and find a suit-
able stiffener having a maximum stiffener
span that exceeds the largest panel width
(longest side) of the rectangular duct. (The
same stiffener construction shall be used for
both, the long and the short sides of the duct.)
 3ELECTION OF &LANGES FOR 2ECTANGULAR
$UCTS
Flanges shall be fabricated per the requirements of
this section, including Table 6- 7, Figure 6- 5, and any
applicable requirements from Chapter 7. Within the
limits indicated in the tables, flanges for rectangular
FRP ducts shall be fabricated from Type II laminates
only.
To select appropriate flange details for a specific ap-
plication, refer to Table 6- 7. Corresponding to the
longest side of the duct in question, select values for
each of the dimensions referenced in Figure 6- 5. To
finalize the flange details, follow the notes to Figure
6- 5. The same flange dimensions selected for the
long side of the duct are also applicable to the short
side.

 µ  PP

5$',86 $// &251(56 3(5

6&+('8/( ,1 6(&7,21 
5$',86 µ  PP 0,1,080

APPLY BOND CONSISTING OF ONE OR MORE 6"

(150 mm) WIDE PLIES OF MAT, CENTERED OVER EACH
CORNER WHEN REQUIRED.
SEE TABLES 6.1 THROUGH 6.6 (6.1M THROUGH 6.6M)

),*85( ï &251(5 5(,1)25&(0(17 '(7$,/

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 ì  MM &20 "/.$

ì X ì  X  MM
7//$ 3425#4 ) '2!$%

ì  MM ì  MM

ì  MM &20 "/.$

47/ â ì X ì  X  MM

7//$ 3425#4 ) '2!$%

ì  MM ì  MM

ì  MM &20 "/.$

ì X ì  X  MM
7//$ 3425#4 ) '2!$%

ì  MM ì  MM

&)'52%   7//$ 34)&&%.%23 7)4( &20 "/.$

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 $%4!), ë!ì

$%4!), ë!ì

7(%. 53).' 7//$ !3 4(% &/2- &/2

,!-).!4).' &20 34)&&%.%23 4(%
#/2.%23 -!9 "% "544%$ /2 -)4%2%$
!.$ .!),%$ /2 3#2%7%$ !4 4(%
%,%#4)/. /& 4(% $5#4 &!"2)#!4/2

&)'52%   #/.3425#4)/. /& 42!.36%23% 34)&&%.%23

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 ì  MM &20 "/.$
ì  MM 2!$)53
&/!- /2 /4(%2 &),,%2

ì  MM ì  MM

ì  MM &20 "/.$

âì  MM 2!$)53
&/!- /2 /4(%2 &),,%2

ì  MM ì  MM

ì  MM &20 "/.$

ì  MM 2!$)53
&/!- /2 /4(%2 &),,%2

ì  MM ì  MM

./4%
&),,%2 $/%3 ./4 #/.42)"54% 4/ 4(% 3425#452!, 02/0%24)%3 /& 4(% 34)&&%.%2
)4 )3 /.,9 ).4%.$%$ 4/ 02/6)$% ! 3(!0% &/2 ,!-).!4).'

&)'52%   3%-)â#)2#5,!2 &/!- 34)&&%.%23 7)4( &20 "/.$

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 /RQJHVW 6LGH 0D[ %ROW 0LQLPXP (TXLYDOHQW
D E WI
'LPHQVLRQ 6SDFLQJ %ROW 6L]H 0HWULF %ROW
LQ PP LQ PP LQ PP
LQ PP LQ PP LQ PP
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
           0
7DEOH ï 0LQLPXP )ODQJH 'LPHQVLRQV )RU 5HFWDQJXODU 'XFW

%2/7 +2/(6
(48$//< 63$&(' WI

E
WI
F

WG

D
NOTES:
1. ALL FLANGE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE TYPE II LAMINATES. (THE FLANGE THICKNESS (tf) LISTED
IN TABLE 5- 5 IS BASED ON TYPE II LAMINATES.)
2. DIMENSION c SHALL BE 40 to 50% OF DIMENSION b
3. DIMENSIONS a, b, and tf ARE CONSIDERED MINIMUMS. LARGER, HEAVIER FLANGES ARE ACCEPTABLE
WITH OWNER’S APPROVAL.
4. MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR BOLTS SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED THOSE OF A307 TYPE BOLTS OR ISO
4017/4014 8.8 FOR METRIC BOLTS.

),*85( ï )53 )/$1*( '(7$,/6

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 SECTION MOMENT OF
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
MODULUS, in3 INERTIA, in4
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 7.5 19.5

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 12.2 29.4

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 13.7 32.6

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 1.8 3.6

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 2.7 6.3

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 3.7 10.2

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in. {
L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 94.1 103.6 108.5

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 120.0 114.8 124.5

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 127.2 117.8 128.8

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 45.8 67.8 61.7

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 56.0 78.2 74.7

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 66.1 88.1 87.5

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in. {
L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 99.9 106.6 112.8

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 127.3 118.2 129.5

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 134.9 121.3 134.0

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 48.6 69.8 64.2

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 59.4 80.6 77.7

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 70.1 90.8 91.0

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ LQ

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  LQ ZJ

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 SECTION MOMENT OF
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
MODULUS, mm3 INERTIA, mm4
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 123,150 8,098,600

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 200,000 12,240,950

100 mm x 100mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 224,850 13,558,300

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 29,150 1,490,100

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 43,600 2,638,900

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 60,650 4,249,700

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm {L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2391 2630 2756

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3047 2916 3163

100 mm x 100mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3231 2992 3272

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1164 1723 1567

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1423 1987 1896

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1678 2239 2223

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm {L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2536 2709 2866

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3232 3004 3289

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3427 3081 3403

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1234 1774 1630

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1509 2047 1972

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1780 2306 2312

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï0 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ PP

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  3D

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ
ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in. { L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 106.7 110.3 118.0

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 136.0 122.3 135.4

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 144.2 125.4 140.1

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 52.0 72.2 67.1

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 63.5 83.3 81.2

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 74.9 93.8 95.2

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in. { L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 115.3 114.6 124.2

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 146.9 127.1 142.5

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 155.8 130.4 147.5

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 56.1 75.1 70.6

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 68.6 86.6 85.5

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 80.9 97.5 100.2

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in. { L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 126.3 119.9 132.0

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond88 161.0 133.0 151.5

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 170.7 136.4 156.7

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 61.5 78.6 75.1

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 75.1 90.6 90.8

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 88.6 102.1 106.5

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ LQ

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  LQ ZJ ² FRQWLQXHG

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP
ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2711 2801 2997

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3456 3105 3439

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3664 3186 3558

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1320 1834 1704

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1613 2116 2062

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1903 2384 2417

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2929 2911 3155

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3732 3227 3620

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3957 3311 3746

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1425 1906 1794

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1742 2199 2171

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2055 2477 2545

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3208 3047 3352

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 4089 3378 3847

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 4335 3465 3981

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1561 1995 1907

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1909 2302 2307

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2251 2593 2704

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï0 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ PP

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  3D ² FRQWLQXHG

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 SECTION MOMENT OF
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
MODULUS, mm3 INERTIA, mm3
2"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 7.5 19.457

Two 2"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 12.2 29.409

4"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 13.7 32.574

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 1.8 3.58

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 2.7 6.34

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 3.7 10.21

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in { L/120
2"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 66.6 87.1 86.1

Two 2"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 84.8 96.5 98.8

4"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 89.9 99.0 102.3

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 32.4 57.0 49.0

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 39.6 65.8 59.3

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 46.7 74.1 69.5

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in { L/120
2"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 70.6 89.7 89.6

Two 2"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 90.0 99.4 102.8

4"x4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 95.4 102.0 106.3

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 34.4 58.7 50.9

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 42.0 67.8 61.6

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 49.5 76.3 72.2

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ LQ

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  LQ ZJ

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 SECTION MOMENT OF
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
MODULUS, mm3 INERTIA, mm3
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 123,150 8,098,607

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 200,000 12,240,937

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 224,850 13,558,309

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 29,150 1,490,107

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 43,600 2,638,905

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 60,650 4,249,719

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm {
L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1691 2212 2187

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2155 2452 2510

50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2285 2516 2597

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 823 1449 1244

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1006 1671 1505

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1186 1882 1764

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm {
L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1793 2278 2275

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2286 2526 2611

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2423 2591 2701

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 873 1492 1294

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1067 1721 1565

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1258 1939 1835

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï0 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ PP

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  3D

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ
ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in { L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 75.5 92.7 93.6

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 96.2 102.8 107.5

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 102.0 105.5 111.2

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 36.7 60.7 53.3

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 44.9 70.1 64.4

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 53.0 78.9 75.5

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in { L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 81.5 96.4 98.6

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 103.9 106.8 113.1

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 110.2 109.6 117.1

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 39.7 63.1 56.1

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 48.5 72.8 67.8

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 57.2 82.0 79.5

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in { L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 89.3 100.9 104.8

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 113.8 111.8 120.2

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 120.7 114.7 124.4

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 43.5 66.1 59.6

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 53.1 76.2 72.1

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 62.7 85.8 84.5

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ LQ

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  LQ ZJ ² FRQWLQXHG

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP
ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1917 2355 2378

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2443 2611 2730

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2591 2679 2824

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 933 1542 1353

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1141 1779 1637

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1345 2005 1918

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2071 2448 2504

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2639 2714 2874

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2798 2784 2973

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1008 1603 1424

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1232 1849 1723

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1453 2083 2020

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2269 2562 2661

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2891 2841 3054

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 3065 2914 3159

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1104 1678 1513

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1350 1936 1831

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1592 2180 2146

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï0 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQV LQ PP

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  3D ² FRQWLQXHG

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 SECTION MOMENT OF
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
MODULUS, in3 INERTIA, in4
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 7.5 19.457

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 12.2 29.409

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 13.7 32.574

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 1.8 3.58

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 2.7 6.34

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 3.7 10.21

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in {
L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 54.4 78.7 75.2

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 69.3 87.2 86.3

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 73.4 89.5 89.3

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 26.5 51.5 42.8

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 32.3 59.4 51.8

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 38.1 67.0 60.7

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in {
L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 57.7 81.0 78.2

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 73.5 89.8 89.8

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 77.9 92.2 92.9

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 28.1 53.1 44.5

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 34.3 61.2 53.8

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 40.5 69.0 63.1

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ LQ

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  LQ ZJ

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 SECTION MOMENT OF
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
MODULUS, mm3 INERTIA, mm4
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 123,150 8,098,607

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 200,000 12,240,937

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 224,850 13,558,309

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 29,150 1,490,107

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 43,600 2,638,905

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 60,650 4,249,719

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1381 1999 1911

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1759 2216 2193

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1865 2273 2269

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 672 1309 1087

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 821 1510 1315

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 969 1701 1541

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1464 2058 1987

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1866 2282 2281

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1979 2341 2360

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 713 1348 1130

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 871 1555 1368

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1027 1752 1603

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï0 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ PP

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  3D

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ
ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in { L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 61.6 83.8 81.8

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 78.5 92.9 93.9

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 83.3 95.3 97.1

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 30.0 54.9 46.5

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 36.7 63.3 56.3

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 43.2 71.3 66.0

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {3/4 in { L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 66.6 87.1 86.1

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 84.8 96.5 98.8

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 89.9 99.0 102.3

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 32.4 57.0 49.0

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 39.6 65.8 59.3

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 46.7 74.1 69.5

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  LQ

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
2300 psi {
3/4 in {
L/120
2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 72.9 91.1 91.5

Two 2" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 92.9 101.1 105.0

4" x 4" wood + 1/4" FRP bond 98.5 103.7 108.7

2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 35.5 59.7 52.0

2 1/2" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 43.4 68.9 63.0

3" rad. foam + 1/4" FRP bond 51.2 77.6 73.8

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ LQ

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  LQ ZJ ² FRQWLQXHG

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP
ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1565 2128 2078

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1995 2360 2385

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2115 2421 2467

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 762 1394 1182

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 931 1608 1430

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1098 1811 1676

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 m wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1691 2212 2187

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2155 2452 2510

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2285 2516 2597

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 823 1449 1244

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1006 1671 1505

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1186 1882 1764

67,))(1(5 63$&,1* #  PP

ALLOWABLE STRESS DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
STIFFENER DESCRIPTION
Fb {
15900 kPa { 19 mm { L/120
50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1852 2315 2324

Two 50 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2361 2567 2668

100 mm x 100 mm wood + 6.4 mm FRP bond 2503 2633 2760

50 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 901 1516 1322

60 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1102 1749 1600

75 mm rad. foam + 6.4 mm FRP bond 1300 1970 1875

NOTES:
a) All wood dimensions in stiffener description column are nominal
b) Maximum Allowable Span is bolded for easy identification

7DEOH ï0 0D[LPXP $OORZDEOH 6WLIIHQHU 6SDQ LQ PP

IRU 3RVLWLYH RU 1HJDWLYH 3UHVVXUH RI  3D ² FRQWLQXHG

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 CHAPTER 7

REQUIREMENTS
#(!04%2 
 4%2-)./,/'9
Unless otherwise indicated, the plastics terminology
used in this manual shall be in accordance with the
definitions given in ASTM D883.
 #/.4!#4 -/,$).'
Includes the application of glass plies in sheet form
by the hand lay–up and spray–up methods of fabrica-
tion. Fiberglass roving is chopped and blown onto the
mold. The resin can be sprayed or poured and
brushed, and rolled to wet the fiber and eliminate air
void entrapment.
 -!4%2)!,3
Resin shall be a commercial–grade thermoset that has
been tested in accordance with ASTM C581 or that
has been previously documented to be acceptable for
the service conditions. Where no test or service infor-
mation is available, the end user shall agree to select
a suitable resin with the fabricator.
The resin may contain fillers or thixotropic agents as
approved by the resin manufacturer. When required,
fire retardant synergists may also be added to the resin
to reduce flame spread.
 34/2!'%
All resin, glass reinforcement, and curing agents sup-
plied for joining FRP duct in the field, must be stored
in a clean, dry, cool area to maximize their shelf life.
 34!4)# %,%#42)#)49
Grounding requirements, if any, shall be determined
by the end–user and the FRP duct fabricator.
 2%).&/2#%-%.4
The reinforcing material shall be a commercial grade
of glass with a suitable binder, and sizing compatible
with the resin to be used.
These symbols are used to represent different types
of glass reinforcement:
M = 1–1/2 oz/ft2 (450 g/m 2) chopped strand mat
R = 24 oz/yd2 (810 g/m2) woven roving
V = veil – glass or synthetic, 0.010 in./ply
(0.25 mm/ply) calculated thickness
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
2%15)2%-%.43
 2!7 %$'%3
All cut edges, drilled holes, and spot faces shall be
coated with catalyzed resin containing wax, and UV
additives if duct systems may be exposed to weather-
ing. To prevent chemical attack, voids and crevices
shall be filled and sealed so that no glass fibers are
exposed.
 */).43 7%,$3 /2 "/.$3
Finished joints shall be built up with successive layers
of FRP and be as strong as the pieces being joined.
Crevices between joined pieces shall be filled with a
thixotropic paste, leaving a smooth inner surface.
Where required, the interior of the joint shall be cov-
ered with two plies of mat and finished with one layer
of veil and one coat of paraffinated resin. The weld
shall be centered on the joint within 1/2 in. (12.7 mm).
Gaps between duct ends shall be as close as possible
but in no case exceed 3/8 in. (9.5 mm). See Tables
5- 8 and 7- 5 for minimum bond construction.
 ,!-).!4% #/.3425#4)/.
Laminate construction shall be generally as described
in Chapter 3. More specifically, laminate construc-
tion shall follow the lay–up sequence corresponding
to the standard laminate compositions for Types I and
II laminates, as listed in Tables 5- 1 and 5- 2, or in
Table 5- 6 for Filament Wound (Type X) laminates.
 !PPEARANCE
The corrosion barrier laminate shall be free of visual
defects, such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, air
bubbles, pinholes, pimples, and delamination as de-
fined by ASTM–2563, Level II. The remainder of the
laminate (outer structural portion) shall be free of
visual defects to the extent commercially practicable.
Additionally, the exterior surface shall be smooth and
resin rich with no dry fibers visible. All raw cuts shall
be resin coated to prevent moisture absorption. (See
section 7.7.)
 3URFACE (ARDNESS
The laminate shall exhibit an average surface hard-
ness of at least 90% of the resin manufacturer’s pub-
lished Barcol hardness for the cured resin. (See sec-
tion 8.1.4 for detailed requirements and test methods.)
Exception: Laminate surfaces finished with synthetic
veil and resin are considered adequately cured when
the average hardness, established as described
above, equals or exceeds 80% of the Barcol hardness

value established by the resin manufacturer for the
cured resin.
 $%3)'. 2%15)2%-%.43
Minimum duct specifications shall be in accordance
with the requirements of either Chapter 5 – Design
of Round FRP Duct or Chapter 6 – Design of Rectan-
gular FRP Duct.
NOTE: Duct design does not include consideration of
wind, snow, ice, maintenance, or seismic loads. Nor
does it include loads resulting from the accumulation
of particulates, condensate, or other liquids (e.g.
sprinkler water).
 $IMENSIONS
Standard duct and fitting dimensions are based on in-
side dimensions.
 3HOP $RAWINGS AND $ESIGN #ALCULA
TIONS
FRP duct and hoods shall be fabricated in accordance
with the design and construction details shown in
shop drawings and design calculations as approved by
the purchaser.
 2EQUIRED ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS
Required laminate thickness is defined as the thick-
ness obtained from Tables 5- 4 (5- 4M) or 5- 6 for
round ducts, and Tables 6- 1 through 6- 3 (6- 1M
through 6- 3M) for rectangular ducts.
Nominal laminate thickness is the thickness of a stan-
dard laminate that equals or exceeds the required lam-
inate thickness. Nominal thickness for standard lami-
nate compositions of Types I and II laminates are
listed in Tables 5- 1 and 5- 2. For laminate combina-
tions of filament wound (Type X) laminates the corre-
sponding nominal thickness are listed in Table 5- 6.
 ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS 4OLERANCE
To meet the requirements of this manual, a laminate
must:
R Contain the required number of layers of
glass as listed in Tables 5- 1 and 5- 2 for
Types I and II laminates, or Table 5- 6 for
filament wound (Type X).
 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
R Exhibit an average thickness not less than
85%, nor more than 120%, of the required
thickness, based on the average of six read-
ings taken at random. (See section 8.1.5 for
more details on methodology for establish-
ing average thickness, and thickness limits.)
 /6%2,!0
All reinforcing materials shall be layed–up staggered,
such that adjoining plies overlap by 1/2 in. (15 mm)
minimum with respect to the overlap of preceding
plies.
 2%#4!.'5,!2 $5#4 #/2.%23
Interior corners shall be formed to a radius based on
the following schedule:
Widest Adjoining Panel Corner Radius
in. (mm) in. (mm)
24 (600) and under 0.500 (15)
25 to 48 (625 to 1200) 1.0 (25)
49 (1225) and larger 1.5 (40)
When required by the notes to Tables 6- 1 through
6- 6 (6- 1M through 6- 6M), one or more 6 in. (150
mm) wide layers of fiberglass mat are bonded with
resin to each of the four corners of the duct for im-
proved rigidity. This additional layer (or layers) of re-
inforcement are centered over each corner, and ex-
tend the full length of the duct section. (See Table
Figure 6- 1.)
 "/.$ #/.3425#4)/.
The bond construction for field–wrapping duct joints
shall use the same type of resin used in fabricating the
duct, and shall follow the same lay–up sequence to
produce a bond thickness at least equal to that speci-
fied for the duct and exhibit a minimum taper of 6:1.
(See Table 7- 5 and Figure 7- 6.)
Exception: When joining filament wound duct, the
lay–up sequence shall be based on a special Type II
laminate composition designed to meet or exceed the
strength of the filament wound duct. (See Table 5- 8
for specific requirements.)
 &,!.'% 2%15)2%-%.43
 &LANGE #ONSTRUCTION
Flange construction shall be Type I (small round duct
only, see Figure 5- 1) or Type II, hand laid–up in ac-
cordance with Tables 5- 5 or 6- 7. Use of other types
of flanges must be approved by the end user.
 &LANGEâONâ$UCT !TTACHMENT
The same inner surface and interior layer of a flange,
in a flange–on–duct attachment, must continue onto
the flange face as for an “integral” flange. (See Figure
7- 5.)
 &LANGE 3EALING  'ASKET -ATERIALS
Flange sealing shall be vapor tight at the design pres-
sure using a full face, one–piece gasket of suitable
durometer hardness (60 min. hardness), that is com-
patible with the chemical environment (as agreed to
by the end user) and torqued to the recommended
tightness as indicated below:
Bolt Size Recommended Torque
in. (mm) ft–lb (Nm)
1/4 (M6) 6 (8.1)
5/16 (M8) 12 (16.3)
3/8 (M10) 22 (29.8)
1/2 (M12) 50 (67.8)
When properly installed, the gasket shall not protrude
into the inside duct surface by more than 1/8 in. (3
mm) nor shall the gasket form a cavity below the in-
ternal duct surface of more than 1/8 in. (3 mm).
Flange gaskets shall be of sufficient thickness and
durometer hardness to properly seal the joint and shall
meet minimum thickness of 1/8 in. (3 mm) thick for
duct dimensions up through 24 in. (610 mm) diame-
ter, and 3/16 in. (5 mm) for ducts over 24 in. (610
mm). Pieced gaskets shall be smooth and closely
fitted to form a tight seal of the joint.
 &LANGE (OLES
Flange holes shall be drilled with a pattern based on
Tables 5- 5 and 6- 7, with bolt holes straddling major
center lines unless otherwise specified. Hole sides
shall be coated with catalyzed resin as per the require-
ments of section 7.7.
 &LANGE "OLTING
Unless otherwise specified, the bolt size and spacing
of bolt holes shall be in accordance with Tables 5- 5
and 6- 7. Flat washers shall be used under both the
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
bolt head and nut to prevent damage of the FRP sur-
face when tightened.
Materials for bolts, nuts, and washers, as used for
non–corrosive external conditions, shall be selected
to withstand the atmospheric conditions of the area.
Generally, cadmium plated or other suitably pro-
tected steel hardware may be used. For more severely
corrosive atmospheres, the hardware shall be stainless
steel or other corrosion resistant material.
 34!.$!2$ %,"/73 !.$ -)4%2%$
*/).43
Standard elbows, over 3 in. (76.2 mm) diameter shall
have a center line radius of 1–1/2 times the duct diam-
eter. On all elbows 24 in. (609.6 mm) diameter and
under, mitered joints are not permitted, except when
more room is required for bolting.
 &)44).' #/.&)'52!4)/.
Fitting design should conform to SMACNA’s HVAC
Systems Duct Design to ensure the most energy effi-
cient air flow. FRP duct and fittings friction loss may
be estimated assuming the same friction factor and
loss coefficients listed for sheet metal duct and fit-
tings in SMACNA’S HVAC Systems Duct Design.
 $5#4 (!.'%23 !.$ 3500/243
All ducts have been designed for a maximum support
span of 10 ft (3050 mm). Figure 7- 28 illustrates ac-
ceptable methods of supporting horizontal duct.
Ducts shall also be supported independently at hoods,
fans, tanks, or other equipment and on both sides of
an expansion or flexible joint. Heavy accessories,
such as filters, dampers, etc., shall also be indepen-
dently supported to avoid local overstressing of the
duct.
Note: Duct design does not include consideration of
wind, snow, ice, maintenance, or seismic loads. Nor
does it include loads resulting from the accumulation
of particulates, condensate, or other liquids (e.g.
sprinkler water).
Hangers and supports shall be securely fastened to the
building or structure. Care shall be taken in support-
ing the duct to avoid creating conditions of stress on
the material in the finished installation. Figure 7- 29
illustrates a recommended method of supporting a
vertical duct run. In locations where hangers are ex-
posed to corrosive atmosphere (adjacent to hoods,
tanks, or other process equipment), hanger materials
and attaching hardware shall be stainless steel or steel
with a suitable protective coating.

In locations not subject to corrosive fumes, hangers Tables 7- 1 through 7- 4 provide basic information for
and attaching hardware may be fabricated of prime the selection of simple split–ring, strap, and trapeze
coated or galvanized steel. type hangers for round and rectangular ducts.

Duct Diameter, in. (mm) Strap Size, in. (mm)

22 (560 mm) and under 2 x 1/8 (50 x 3.2)
23 to 60 (580 to 1500 mm) 3 x 3/16 (75 x 4.8)
61 (1525 mm) and above 4 x 3/16 (100 x 4.8)
4ABLE   -INIMUM 3TRAP 3IZES FOR 2OUND $UCT
Note: Specific applications which involve large axial duct displacements (i.e. thermal expansion and contraction)
or vibration may require the addition of wear plates at hangers and supports.

Laminate Thickness, in. (mm) 0.125 (3.2) 0.188 (4.8) 0.250 (6.4) 0.375 (9.5) 0.500 (12.7)
Weight Per Unit Area
1.2 (5.9) 1.8 (8.8) 2.3 (11.2) 3.5 (17.1) 4.7 (22.9)
lb/ft2 (kg/m2)
4ABLE   7EIGHT OF &20 ,AMINATES
Notes:
a. The weights listed above are recommended for estimating duct weight for the selection of hangers and
supports. They are based on a density of 112.3 lb/ft3 (1800 kg/m3). The density of FRP laminates varies
from 85 to 120 lb/ft3 (1362 to 1922 kg/m3).
b. When estimating the weight of stiffened rectangular FRP Ducts, add 3.0 to 4.0 lb/ft (4.5 to 6.0 kg/m) of
Foam Core Stiffener (RIB), or 4.5 to 7.5 lb/ft (6.7 to 10.4 kg/m) of Wood Core Stiffener (RIB) to the weight
of the basic duct.
c. When working in metric units, multiply the duct weight (mass) in kilograms by the acceleration of gravity
(g = 9.8 m/sec2) to convert mass to force in Newtons (N).

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 (!.'%2 2/$

(!.'%2 2/$

,  $)34!.#% "%47%%.
(!.'%2 2/$3 IN M

0  3500/24 ,/!$ +IPS .

 +IP   LBS

&)'52%   42!0%:% !.',% 7)4( (!.'%2 2/$3

P x L (Max.)
Angle size in. (mm)
Kip–in. (Nm)
1 x 1 x 1/8 (25.4 x 25.4 x 3.2) 1.9 (210)
1–1/2 x 1–1/2 x 1/8 (38.1 x 38.1 x 3.2) 4.3 (480)
2 x 2 x 1/8 (51 x 51 x 3.2) 7.9 (870)
2 x 2 x 3/16 (51 x 51 x 4.8) 11.4 (1270)
2 x 2 x 1/4 (51 x 51 x 6.4) 14.8 (1650)
2–1/2 x 2–1/2 x 1/4 (63.5 x 63.5 x 6.4) 22.9 (2540)
3 x 3 x 1/4 (76 x 76 x 6.4) 34.6 (3850)
4 x 4 x 1/4 (102 x 102 x 6.4) 63.0 (7010)
4 x 4 x 3/8 (102 x 102 x 9.5) 91.2 (10150)
4ABLE   4RAPEZE !NGLE 3UPPORT #APACITY
Notes:
a. Material is assumed to be hot rolled ASTM A36 equal leg angles, oriented as shown on Figure 7- 1.
b. Support Capacity is based on a maximum bending stress of 15,000 psi (103 MPa).
c. For additional help with Support selection, refer to SMACNA’S HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Metal
and Flexible) or Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards for more extensive sections on hangers
and supports.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 Rod Diameter Maximum Allowable Load
in. (mm) lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4) 240 (1.07)
5/16 (7.9) 380 (1.69)
3/8 (9.6) 610 (2.71)
1/2 (12.7) 1330 (5.03)
5/8 (15.8) 1810 (8.05)
3/4 (19.0) 2710 (12.05)
4ABLE   (ANGER 2OD !42 #APACITY

Notes:
a. Above ratings are based on ATR (All Threaded Rod) made from ASTM A36, A575 GR1020, or A576 GR
1020.
b. Ratings are consistent with SP–58, 1993 Edition by Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve
and Fittings Industry, Inc.
c. Ratings are based on an allowable tensile stress of 9000 psi (62 MPa) calculated on the root cross–sectional
area of the thread.
d. To rate threaded materials other than those listed in a. (above) refer to SP–58, 1993 Edition.

 &5-% (//$3 corrosive contaminates, can be found in industry de-

Fume hoods are designed to capture and remove haz-
ardous fumes from a specific work area. Hoods
manufactured from FRP laminates generally follow
the same guidelines as their metal counterparts. Cap-
ture velocity, contaminate removal, and flow rate fol-
low the same design principles as other hoods.
Two types of hoods commonly fabricated from FRP
are: a) enclosing, and b) canopy designs. Enclosing
hoods are partially or completely enclosed and rely
on slot velocity to capture and remove the contamina-
tes. They can be a) a back–draft design used for open
tanks, b) fully enclosed laboratory hoods, c) finger
hoods for large vessels or d) push–pull designs where
large surface areas need to be exhausted. Canopy
hoods are used overhead for large open vessels and
rely on a combination of thermal vaporization and the
exhaust flow rate to remove the contaminates. The
type of hood needed is determined by its exact use and
the emissions that are to be removed from the area.
The industrial process, access to the vessel and ap-
propriate personnel safety will dictate the fume hood
best suited for the application.
Hood flow rates and capture velocities necessary to
meet industrial ventilation requirements vary with
temperature, surface area, toxicity level and vapor
particle size. This specific information, as related to
sign guidelines such as the one published by “The
American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists.”
Keeping hoods away from external air influences al-
lows for the most efficient system. Exterior doors, air
conditioning inlets and outlets, or equipment move-
ment in close proximity to the hoods can cause a well
designed system to exhaust poorly. Locate hoods in
an area with the least amount of external air distur-
bances. (See Appendix E, Referenced Documents.)
 $!-0%23
 6OLUME $AMPERS
Volume dampers shall be installed at the locations
specified by the project drawings for balancing and
adjustment of the system. Acceptable damper
construction techniques are illustrated in Figures
7- 31 and 7- 32. Construction shall be such as to elim-
inate dripping of condensate from duct penetrations.
Volume dampers shall be provided with suitable cor-
rosion–proof attachments for permanently setting
dampers in a fixed position after balancing. Figure
7- 32 illustrates a method of locking the damper blade
in place, fabricators’ alternate designs may also be
considered.

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 "ACKâDRAFT $AMPERS
Back- draft dampers shall be provided where indi-
cated on the drawings. Figure 7- 33 illustrates an ac-
ceptable method of constructing a back–draft damper
from FRP materials.
 &IRE $AMPERS
Fire dampers shall be installed only where shown on
the project drawings. Life safety engineers strongly
recommend that all systems conveying hazardous
fumes be routed directly to the outside without pass-
ing through fire partitions, so as to avoid using fire
dampers due to the possibility of inadvertent closing
of the fire damper. Where the fire protection methods
specified include the use of fire dampers; the location,
type, and complete construction requirements of all
fire dampers shall be set forth in the project drawings
or specifications.
When fire dampers are installed, a gasketed access
panel shall be provided in the duct adjacent to each
damper. Operating devices for the fire dampers
should be suitably protected from corrosive environ-
ments.
 !##%33 /0%.).'3 !.$ %.$ #!03
Access openings shall be provided in the duct work
at the locations specified by the project drawings. All
access openings shall be rigidly framed and fitted
with air–tight covers which can be simply and speedi-
ly removed and installed. Cover plate and end cap
thickness shall be a minimum of 1/4 in. (6 mm), and
shall be reinforced across the shortest dimension as
necessary, to comply with the maximum spacing and
rigidity requirements with widths equal to the shortest
cover plate dimension. (See Figure 7- 34.) Attaching
hardware should be spaced not more than 5 in. (125
mm) center to center. Figure 7- 34 also illustrates ac-
ceptable access door and capped duct construction.
 $2!).3
Drains shall be installed at the locations indicated on
the project drawings. The drains shall be full–sized,
FRP threaded half couplings, not less than 1 in. (25
mm) IPS and suitable for receiving standard pipe con-
nections unless otherwise specified. The fittings shall
be trimmed flush with the interior surface of the duct.
Reinforcement bosses shall be provided in the FRP
ductwork wherever necessary to insure rigid connec-
tion of drains.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
 6%.4),!4/2 (%!$3 !.$ ,/56%23
Ventilator heads and louvers shall be installed where
indicated on the design drawings. Figures 7- 27 and
7- 35 illustrate acceptable construction techniques for
these items.
 &,%8)",% #/..%#4)/.3
Flexible connections shall be provided to handle ex-
pansion and contraction in long runs of FRP duct, or
as anti–vibration barriers at locations indicated on the
project drawings.
 &,%8)",% -!4%2)!,3
Usually, an elastomeric sheet material, chosen to pro-
vide corrosion resistance and temperature compatibil-
ity suitable for the environment, is used to form the
flexible coupling joint.
 ,).%!2 #/%&&)#)%.4 /& 4(%2-!,
%80!.3)/.
This coefficient is a function of the type of resin, the
fillers used and the percentage of chopped glass, wo-
ven roving or filament wound strands of reinforce-
ment used. Usually, for chopped or hand layed up
construction, assuming 30% glass content, the coeffi-
cient of thermal expansion varies from a low of 10–5
in./in./^F (1.8 x 10–2 mm/m/^C), to a high of 2.2 x
10–5 in./in./^F (4.0 x 10–2 mm/m/^C). If a single val-
ue is required use 1.6 x 10–5 in./in./^F (2.9 x 10–2
mm/m/^C) (roughly twice that of steel and half that
of thermoplastic materials).
Note: The need for expansion joints is dependent on
conditions and, in many cases, the configuration of
the ductwork will be such that its thermal movement
can be accommodated without the use of such joints.
When considering the thermal movement of ducts, the
effect on minor branches, thermocouple points, etc.,
should be considered. These branches should be free-
ly supported to assure that the movement of the main
duct is not opposed. Where this is not possible, flex-
ible connections must be arranged between the
branches and the main duct. Design drawings should
indicate the location for expansion joints when re-
quired. Expansion joints may be in the form of modi-
fied sleeve joints or bellows. Where possible, bellows
should be located only in vertical legs to allow free
drainage. Location of drainage points should be indi-
cated on the drawings. Drainage should be provided
at low points of the system and where accumulation
of moisture is anticipated.

 4/,%2!.#%3
The definitions used in this manual are in accordance
with industry standards and as shown in ASTM
D–883.
 /UT OF 2OUNDNESS
For ducts 6 in. (150 mm) or less in diameter, the toler-
ance is ± 1/16 in. (1.6 mm). For ducts larger than 6
in. (150 mm) in diameter, the tolerance is ± 1/8 in.
(3.2 mm) or ± 1% of the diameter, whichever is great-
er. In no event shall the tolerance be more than 3/4
in. (19.1 mm).
 /VERALL ,ENGTH
The overall section length shall be the specified
length ± 1/4 in. (6.4 mm).
 3QUARENESS
The cut end of round duct shall be square within:
± 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) for duct up to 24 in. (610 mm)
in diameter,
± 3/16 in. (48 mm) for duct 24 in. (610 mm) up
to 48 in. (1220 mm) in diameter, and
± 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) for duct larger than 48 in.
(1220 mm) in diameter.
Note: Using the longest side of a rectangular duct find
the next larger standard round duct diameter and use
that diameter to determine the tolerance for the entire
duct section.
 &LANGED OR 0LAIN %ND $UCT AND &IT
FRP ducts designed per the requirements of this
TINGS
Flanged or plain end duct and fittings must be within
the following angles from their design location:
For duct 24 in. (610 mm) and less in diameter,
the tolerance is ± 1^
For duct larger than 24 in. (610 mm) and up to
48 in. (1220 mm) in diameter, the tolerance is ± 3/4^
For duct larger than 48 in. (1220 mm) in diame-
ter, the tolerance is ± 1/2^
 &LANGE 4OLERANCE
a. Warpage = ± 3^
 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
b. Offset = ± 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) 1/2^
c. Perpendicularity = ± 1/2^
d. Cant = ± 1/2^
e. Flange flatness = ± 1/32 in. (0.8 mm) for
ducts under 18 in. (460 mm) in diameter and
± 1/16 in. 91.6 mm) for ducts larger than 18
in. (460 mm).
f. Back of Flange face: Back of Flange face
shall be parallel with the flange face within
± 1^, otherwise spot face back of flange for
acceptable washer seating.
 $2!).!'%
FRP duct systems must be installed allowing for
drainage of condensate. Sloping horizontal runs and
the provision for deep seal traps allow collection, and
disposal of the condensate. Special handling and dis-
posal of contaminated fluids may be required to meet
EPA regulations.
 302).+,%23
When sprinklers are required, the duct system shall
be installed with access doors, or other means to per-
mit easy handling and installation of the sprinkler
heads. When sprinkler systems are installed, a drain-
age system must be engineered to properly drain the
duct system.
 "52)%$ $5#4
All buried ducts destined to operate under direct con-
tact with back–fill materials require special structural
design to handle the unique loads typical of such
installations.
manual DO NOT include consideration of the special
structural requirements of buried duct.
 -!.5&!#452%2è3 3(/0 2%6)%7
It is recommended that the end user should visit and
inspect a fabricator’s facilities and review his require-
ments before issuing a contract to build and install
FRP duct. Evidence of past performance can relieve
problems and enhance the relationship between par-
ties.
 ).30%#4)/.
The FRP duct fabricator shall cooperate with the
Owners inspector in the following manner:
 a. Make available to the inspector such records
pertaining to the fabrication of FRP ducting
as required to permit the inspector to per-
form his duties. These shall include draw-
ings, design calculations, material test re-
sults, physical test data, materials supplier’s
product certifications, and any other reports
or records pertaining to the job in process.
b. The fabricator shall make his quality control
personnel available to the inspector.
c. The fabricator shall make available any nec-
essary tools and test equipment for the in-
spector to conduct his inspections as re-
quired to meet this standard.
d. The fabricator shall make available to the in-
spector any cut–out specimens of laminates
left over from the job.
e. The finished FRP duct laminate shall not be
tacky to touch when conducting an acetone
test for resin cure. (Apply a small drop of
acetone to the laminate surface, rub clean
with a dry cheese cloth, check for evidence
of resin residue on the cloth.)
f. Barcol hardness shall be in accordance with
ASTM D2583 and the quality control section
of Chapter 8. (See Chapter 8 – Quality Con-
trol and Safety, for details on surface hard-
ness requirements, testing and other quality
control topics.)
g. Visual appearance – The finished laminate
shall generally conform to the visual accep-
tance criteria of Table 5, ASTM C582. Crite-
ria include no cracks, pits, crazing, blisters,
wrinkles, dry spots (unwetted glass fiber),
chips and gouges, entrapped air, or foreign
matter in the laminate substrate.
 3HIPPING
Because of the light weight of fiberglass duct and
hoods, the primary determinants of the overall dimen-
sions of the subassemblies will be the dimensional
shipping limitations. The dimensions of the subas-
semblies shall be determined by the manufacturer and
the purchaser.
The following list includes typical precautions that
can prevent or reduce the incidence of damage during
loading, transit, and unloading:
a. Protect all ductwork for shipment, and espe-
cially appurtenances, that could be easily
damaged.
b. Protect all flange surfaces with wooden
blinds or other approved material.
c. Support large subassemblies during ship-
ment and unloading to prevent excessive
deflection and over stressing.
d. Unload the equipment with care and store it
in a location where it will be free of damage.
Impact of a tool or other heavy object may
result in a fracture of the inner lining and
may affect the service life of the system.
 )NSTALLATION
The following list describes minimum requirements
for the proper installation of FRP duct systems:
a. Use properly designed hangers with a mini-
mum of 150^ circumferential contact (for
round duct) and 2 in. (51 mm) minimum lon-
gitudinal contact. All ducts included in this
manual are designed for a maximum support
spacing of 10 ft (3050 mm).
b. All other equipment or service loads shall be
supported independently.

 (!.$,).' 3()00).' !.$ ).34!,
c. Use flexible connections to isolate ductwork
,!4)/.
 (ANDLING
FRP duct laminates require special attention in han-
dling. While the material provides excellent self sup-
porting strength when properly installed, it is suscep-
tible to cracking and crazing if impacted by sharp
objects. (Review ASTM D3982 for additional details
on shipping, handling, and installation.)
from vibration caused by air–moving equip-
ment.
d. Use full–face gaskets to eliminate any canti-
lever effect caused from bolting.
e. Tighten bolting on flanged connections fol-
lowing torque values given in section 7.14.3.
f. Tighten bolts following the sequence shown
in Figure 7- 7.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 g. Use washers under bolt heads and nuts.
h. The vendor shall specify the quantity of
field–joining kits subject to the concurrence
of the customer. The vendor shall supply ma-
terial safety data sheets and field–joining in-
structions along with the joining materials.
i. Clean bonding surfaces to remove grease,
oil, dirt, moisture, or any other contami-
nants. In addition, sand or grind surface to
remove the surface gloss. Do not use sol-
vents on any freshly sanded or ground sur-
faces.
j. Anchor all joints to eliminate any movement
during the joining and curing process.

Minimum Cylinder Wall Thickness Minimum Total Bond Width

in. (mm) in. (mm)
0.139 (3.53) 4 (100)
0.180 (4.57) 5 (125)
0.200 (5.58) 6 (150)
0.300 (7.62) 6 (150)
0.340 (8.64) 6 (150)
0.380 (9.65) 6 (150)
0.420 (10.67) 8 (200)
0.480 (12.19) 8 (200)
4ABLE   -INIMUM "OND 7IDTHS

Notes:
a. The terms bond, weld, and joint are used interchangeably in practice.
b. For joining Types I and II laminates, bond construction must equal or exceed that of the wall construction.
See Table 5- 1 or 5- 2.
c. For joining Filament Wound (Type X) laminates, a special bond construction is required. See Table 5- 8.
d. Copyright ASTM. Reprinted with permission.

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 &,!.'% #!.4

-!). 25. #%.4%2,).%

"2!.#( #%.4%2,).%

#OPYRIGHT !34-
2EPRINTED WITH PERMISSION

&)'52%   &,!.'% #!.4

7!3(%2 3%!,).'
0!2!,,%, 7)4(
&,!.'% &!#%

&,!.'%
7!20!'%

0,!.% /&
4(% )$

0,!.% 0%20%.$)#5,!2 4/ &,!.'%

$5#4è3 #%.4%2,).% 0%20%.$)#5,!2
&,!.'%
&,!4.%33

#OPYRIGHT !34-
2EPRINTED WITH PERMISSION

&)'52%   &,!.'% 4/,%2!.#% $%3#2)04)/.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 BRANCH CENTERLINE MAIN RUN CENTERLINE

FLANGE OFFSET

Copyright ASTM.
Reprinted with permission

),*85( ï )/$1*( 2))6(7

CORROSION CORROSION
BARRIER BARRIER

3/8" (9.5 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm)

RADIUS RADIUS
MINIMUM MINIMUM

CORROSION CORROSION
BARRIER BARRIER

$ ´)/$1*( 21 '8&7µ 7<3( % ´,17(*5$/µ 7<3(

Copyright ASTM.
Reprinted with permission

),*85( ï )/$1*( $77$&+0(17

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 -).)-5- "/.$ 7%,$ 7)$4(
3%% 4!",%   /2  

./4%
"/.$ 7%,$ !.$ */).4 !2% 53%$ ).4%2#(!.'%!",9 ). 02!#4)#%

#OPYRIGHT !34-
2EPRINTED WITH PERMISSION

&)'52%   7%,$ 7)$4( !.$ 4()#+.%33

&/2 &,!.'%3 (!6).' ! $)&&%2%.4 30%#)&)%$ .5-"%2 /& "/,43

3%% 4!",%3   !.$    &/,,/7 4(% 3!-% '%.%2!, 02).#)0,%
).$)#!4%$ "9 4()3 47%,6% "/,4 %8!-0,%

 

 

 

 

 
  #OPYRIGHT !34-
2EPRINTED WITH PERMISSION

&)'52%   "/,4 4)'(4%.).' 3%15%.#%

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 WIDTH OUT
x
DEPTH OUT

STRAIGHT OUT

STRAIGHT IN

),*85( ï 648$5( 7+52$7 (/%2:6

CENTER
RADIUS

),*85( ï 5281' 25 5(&7$1*8/$5 67$1'$5' (/%2:

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 WIDTH (W)
x
DEPTH (DR)

RECTANGULAR CENTER RADIUS

R = 1.5W (min.)
CENTER ROUND CENTER RADIUS
RADIUS R = 1.5D (min.)

ROUND D

),*85( ï 5281' 25 5(&7$1*8/$5 $1*/(6

LT. RT.
WIDTH OUT WIDTH OUT

LT.
STRAIGHT IN
LT.
STRAIGHT
OUT RT.
STRAIGHT
OUT

),*85( ï 5(&7$1*8/$5 7((6

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 LEFT SET RIGHT SET

STRAIGHT OUT

LENGTH

STRAIGHT IN

),*85( ï 5281' 25 5(&7$1*8/$5 2))6(76

WIDTH OUT
x
DEPTH OUT
CENTER
RADIUS

ANGLE

),*85( ï 75$16,7,21 (/%2:6

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 STRAIGHT OUT

CENTER RADIUS
R = 1.5D

STRAIGHT IN

),*85( ï ),9( 6(*0(17 (/%2:

LEFT SET RIGHT SET

STRAIGHT OUT

LENGTH

STRAIGHT IN

),*85( ï 5281'  648$5( 5('8&(56

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 OFFSET

STRAIGHT STRAIGHT
LENGTH
IN OUT

),*85( ï 5281' 25 5(&7$1*8/$5 (&&(175,& 5('8&(56

TAP ANGLE
TAP LENGTH
(90° OR LESS)

INSET

BODY LENGTH

),*85( ï 5281' 7((6

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 TAP COLLAR

TAP LENGTH

BASE COLLAR

INSET BASE DIAMETER

BODY LENGTH

),*85( ï &21,&$/ 7((6

TAP COLLAR

TAP LENGTH

BASE COLLAR

INSET BASE DIAMETER

REDUCER
BODY LENGTH LENGTH REDUCER
COLLAR

),*85( ï &21,&$/ 5('8&,1* 7((6  /$7(5$/

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 TAP ANGLE
TAP LENGTH

INSET

REDUCER
BODY LENGTH LENGTH REDUCER
COLLAR

),*85( ï 5('8&,1* 7((6  /$7(5$/

TAP COLLAR

TAP LENGTH

BASE COLLAR

TAP ANGLE
(90° OR LESS)
BASE
DIAMETER

INSET

BODY LENGTH

),*85( ï &21,&$/ /$7(5$/6

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 LT. TAP
LENGTH
LT. TAP ANGLE
(90° OR LESS)

LT. INSET

RT. INSET

RT. TAP
RT. TAP
ANGLE
LENGTH
(90° OR LESS)

BODY LENGTH

),*85( ï 7((  /$7(5$/ &5266(6

RIGHT LEFT
LENGTH LENGTH

LEFT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE

(90° OR LESS) (90° OR LESS)

INLET COLLAR

),*85( ï 5281' 25 5(&7$1*8/$5 :<(6

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 RT. COLLAR
RT. TAP
LENGTH
RT. RT. BASE
LT. BASE LENGTH DIAMETER
DIAMETER

LT. COLLAR

LT. TAP
LENGTH
INLET COLLAR
LT. LENGTH

),*85( ï 5281' 25 5(&7$1*8/$5 5('8&,1* :<(6

STRAIGHT
IN
RISE

STRAIGHT
LENGTH OUT

),*85( ï 5281' 25 5(&7$1*8/$5 2))6(76

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 BODY LENGTH

LT. BASE WIDTH LEFT

COLLAR
LEFT INSET

LT. CONE
LENGTH

RIGHT RIGHT CONE

INSET LENGTH

RIGHT COLLAR

RT. BASE WIDTH

),*85( ï &21,&$/ 7(( &5266(6

NOTE: CHANNEL FRAME

THIS FIGURE ILLUSTRATES TYPICAL
CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUE ONLY.
ACTUAL LOUVER CONFIGURATION
AND DETAILS WILL DEPEND UPON
PARTICULAR APPLICATION, DEGREE
OF WEATHERPROOFNESS, ETC. RE-
QUIREMENTS SHOULD BE SPECI-
FIED IN PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
REFER TO SMACNA’S ARCHITEC-
TURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL AND
HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STAN-
DARDS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMA-
TION ON LOUVER CONFIGURATIONS

SUPPORT STRAP ON
2 ft (610 mm) CENTERS

MITER CORNERS

),*85( ï 7<3,&$/ /289(5 &216758&7,21

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 (!.'%2 2/$3

53% 3).',% (!.'%2 &/2

$5#43 ì  MM !.$ "%,/7

4(2%!$%$
2/$

&,!4 "!2
&,!4 "!2
30,)4 2).'

!.',% )2/. .543

4/0  "/44/-

./4%3
 3%% 4!",%3   4(2/5'(   &/2 (!.'%2 2%15)2%-%.43
 3500/243 3(/7. $/ ./4 ).#,5$% 3%)3-)# #/.3)$%2!4)/.3
 !00,)#!4)/.3 7()#( ).6/,6% 2%0%4)4)6% !8)!, -/6%-%.43 /& 4(% $5#4
!3 ! 2%35,4 /& %80!.3)/. #/.42!#4)/. /2 6)"2!4)/. -!9 2%15)2% 4(%
!$$)4)/. /& 7%!2 0,!4%3 "%47%%. 4(% $5#4 !.$ )43 (!.'%23 !.$ 3500/243

&)'52%   $5#4 (!.'%23 â (/2):/.4!,

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 RECTANGULAR
DUCT

FRP STRAP
SUPPORT SECURED TO
DUCT WITH
RESIN

EXPANSION ANGLES
JOINT WHERE BOLTED
CONDITIONS TO STEEL
NECESSITATE (AS BRACKET
MAX. DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

SPECIFIED IN THE
DESIGN
DOCUMENTATION
ONLY)
= 16 ft (4.9 m)

GUIDE (SAME AS
SUPPORT WITHOUT STEEL
GIRTH STRAP) BRACKET
BOTH
SIDES

ROUND
DUCT

FRP GIRTH
STRAP SECURED
TO DUCT WITH
STEEL CLIP RESIN
WELDED TO
BRACKET

STEEL SPLIT RING,

CLOSE FIT (NOT
SUPPORT COMPRESSED)

STEEL BRACKET
BOTH SIDES

SUPPORT

NOTE:
SUPPORTS SHOWN DO NOT INCLUDE SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS

),*85( ï 6833257 )25 9(57,&$/ '8&7

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 FRP BLADE
0.149" (3.78 mm)
MINIMUM
(V, 3M, V)
AIR 3/4"
FLOW (20 mm)
AIR 90°
4• 1/2" (115 mm)
FLOW WIDTH
RADIUS

OPTIONAL RECOMMENDED RADIUS

FRP PLATE(S) WIDTH AND THICKNESS
4• 1/2" (115 mm) MAXIMUM OF TURNING VANES

RECOMMENDED VANE SPACING

TOP AND BOTTOM
PLATE (OPTIONAL)

0.149" (3.78 mm)

MINIMUM
(V, 3M, V)
SINGLE VANE
48" (1200 mm)
MAX. SPAN

PLATE REINFORCED VANE MODULE

NOTES:
1. WHERE DUCT HEIGHT EXCEEDS 48" (1200 mm), INSTALL VANES IN MODULES WHOSE INDIVIDUAL
HEIGHT IS LESS THAN 48" (1200 mm) AND ARE PLATE REINFORCED TOP AND BOTTOM
2. SECURE VANES, OR OPTIONAL TOP AND BOTTOM FRP PLATES, TO FRP DUCT SHEET WITH
RESIN. WHERE DUCT HEIGHT REQUIRES MULTIPLE VANE MODULES, ALSO SECURE ENDS OF
INTERMEDIATE STIFFENER PLATE(S) TO ELBOW THROAT AND HEEL.

),*85( ï 7851,1* 9$1( &216758&7,21

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 ",!$%  $5#4 7!,,  ì  MM

",!$% 34/0

$  ì  MM

ì
 MM

ì
$ $  MM

&)'52%   490)#!, ",!34 '!4%

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 0.192" (4.88 mm)
TYP THK (V, 4M, V)

BLADE
1/8" STOP
(3.18 mm) TYP
FRP HANDLE
PIN OPEN

45°

90°

PIN CLOSE

1/8" STENCIL OPEN"

(3.18 mm)
AND CLOSE"

STRAPPING

0.192" (4.88 mm)

THK (V, 4M, V)
BLADE

APPROX.
1/2" (12.7 mm)
(2) 1/4" (6.4 mm) DIA. WIDE BLADE
PINS STAGGER 90° STOPS
APART AND TAB
OVER

),*85( ï 7<3,&$/ %877(5)/< '$03(5 :,7+ /2&.,1* '(9,&(

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 45° 45°

BOLT HOLES
STRADDLE

1/2" (12.7 mm) DIA.

6 HOLES

1-1/2" (38.1 mm)

0.125" (3.18 mm)
MIN. FRP BLADES

ROD W/ TUBE

1/2" (12.7 mm) DIA.

2 HOLES 180° APART

),*85( ï *5$9,7< %$&.²'5$)7 '$03(5 )25 9(57,&$/ '8&7

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ 

 NOTE: 1/4"
REINFORCE ACCESS COVERS AND DUCT (6.4 mm)
END CAPS ACROSS SHORTEST MIN.
DIMENSION AS REQUIRED
DRILL AND TAP

1-1/8"
(28.58 mm)

FRP
STRAPPING
ACCESS
OPENING COVER
PLATE

CORROSION
RESISTANT
HARDWARE
EXTERIOR 5" (125 mm)
REINFORCEMENT COVER O.C. MAX.
IF REQUIRED
ACCESS OPENING
OPTIONALLY,
BOLT HEADS MAY GASKET
BE EMBEDDED IN
FRP FRAME 1/2"
(12.7 mm)
GASKET
MIN.

CORROSION
RESISTANT
HARDWARE
5" (125 mm)
O.C. MAX.

COVER

FRP DUCT
END CAP

),*85( ï '8&7 23(1,1*6

 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 $  ì
$   MM
$

ì  MM

,%.'4(
$

â$ !4 4/0

,%.'4(
â$  ì  MM
ì  MM
-).

â$
&20 &,!4 "!2
30!#%23 ).4%'2!,
7)4( 34!#+

4/0

ì  MM '!0
!4 "/44/-

&)'52%   490)#!, 34!#+(%!$3

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 CHAPTER 8

QUALITY CONTROL AND

SAFETY
#(!04%2 
 15!,)49 #/.42/,
 'ENERAL
The fabricator shall have a quality control program,
to ensure that all the requirements of the Thermoset
FRP Duct Construction Manual are met, as agreed to
between the fabricator and the user.
The fabricator shall maintain a quality control pro-
gram suitable for the scope of the work to be per-
formed.
A copy of the fabricator’s quality control manual shall
be made available to the user’s inspector on request,
along with any quality control forms used during
construction of the FRP duct.
 /RGANIZATION
The quality control program shall include the fabrica-
tor’s organizational chart, which indicates reporting
responsibility and authority. This chart should illus-
trate that the quality control function is independent
of the production group.
 $OCUMENTATION
The quality control program shall include the docu-
mentation required by this manual, organized in one
place and made readily available to the user’s inspec-
tor during fabrication.
The quality control program shall ensure that the lat-
est applicable drawings, design calculations, specifi-
cations, and any addenda to this manual are used in
the fabrication, inspection, and testing of the duct
components.
The quality control program must include specific
procedures for the following:
a. Inspection of received goods, including raw
materials and purchased items, i.e., any ma-
terials that will become part of the finished
FRP duct.
b. In–process inspection of resin mixing, raw
material dispersement, component fabrica-
tion, and assembly procedures including ver-
ification of reinforcement sequence.
c. Record all Barcol hardness and laminate
thickness tests. The records shall be main-
tained together with other quality control
data.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
15!,)49 #/.42/, !.$ 3!&%49
d. Rectification of any nonconformities or im-
perfections to the FRP duct prior to final in-
spection and approval for shipment. Such re-
pairs shall be recorded and include the date
of correction and specific location of the re-
pair on the duct laminate.
e. Scheduling and notification to the user’s in-
spector for a final inspection and acceptance
of the FRP duct components.
 "ARCOL (ARDNESS
Take a single Barcol reading near the 1/3 and 2/3
lengths (longitudinal direction) of the duct and near
the middle (transverse direction) of each of the sides,
top, and bottom of rectangular duct (or approximately
at 0, 90, 180, and 270 degree for round duct), resulting
in a total of 8 readings. Remove the highest and low-
est value and the average of the remaining values
should be equal to or greater than 90% of the Barcol
hardness value established by the resin manufacturer
for the cured resin.
Exception: Laminate surfaces finished with synthetic
veil and resin are considered adequately cured when
the average hardness, established as described
above, equals or exceeds 80% of the Barcol hardness
value established by the resin manufacturer for the
cured resin.
Low Barcol values due to pits or other defects should
be eliminated and not included in the 8 readings. The
tests shall be performed on at least 10% of all the duct
sections being manufactured. To check Barcol hard-
ness of FRP components, refer to ASTM D2583.
Under–cured laminates exhibiting low Barcol read-
ings should be post–cured at a minimum of 180^F
(82^C) for sufficient time to increase Barcol hardness
in excess of the minimum Barcol hardness require-
ments.
 4OLERANCE FOR !VERAGE 4HICKNESS
The acceptability of a duct’s wall thickness shall be
evaluated on the basis of its average thickness, de-
fined as the arithmetic average of six spot thickness
values taken at random. The duct’s average thickness
shall not be less than 85%, nor greater than 120%, of
the design wall thickness (also referred to as required
wall thickness). In determining the average thickness,
the lowest of all readings taken shall not be less than
(minimum thickness) 70%, nor greater than (maxi-
mum thickness) 130%, of the design wall thickness.
Isolated low spots may be repaired, at the option of

the fabricator, so that upon re–testing of the repaired
area, the minimum spot thickness, as well as the aver-
age spot thickness for the duct section meet the crite-
ria stated above. If isolated spots or the duct’s average
thickness exceed the tolerance criteria on the plus
side, acceptance of round duct is at the discretion of
the parties involved, while acceptance of rectangular
duct may require engineering analysis, since excess
thickness (beyond the tolerance limit) in one area may
result in overstressing other parts of the duct wall.
 3!&%49
 -ATERIAL 3AFETY $ATA 3HEETS -3$3 ritation. Any contact with the skin should be washed
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are available
from all thermoset resin manufacturers. The MSDS
contains health and safety information to assist han-
dlers in developing appropriate product handling pro-
cedures to protect the employees. The MSDS should
be read and understood by all personnel before han-
dling the resins and other raw materials used for fabri-
cating and installing FRP duct systems.
 3TYRENE
All thermoset resins are polymers diluted with styrene
monomer in order to obtain a workable viscosity. The
hazardous ingredient in the resins is styrene. The
polymer itself is non–hazardous. Styrene has a pun-
gent odor that is easily detected due to the low sensi-
tivity of odor detection of 1 ppm. Finished FRP
constructed laminates will retain a residual styrene
odor after curing for several days or even weeks. Sty-
rene is subject to a number of federal regulations.
Current styrene regulations should be reviewed prior
to handling styrenated products.
 &LAMMABILITY
Thermoset polyester and vinyl ester liquid resins are
flammable due to the presence of styrene monomer.
These resins should be stored away from heat sources
such as: space heaters, open flames, and spark pro-
ducing equipment. SMOKING IS STRICTLY PRO-
HIBITED.
In the event of a fire involving styrenated resins, it
is recommended that the flames be extinguished by
using foam, dry powder or carbon dioxide. The use
of water is not recommended because the resins are
insoluble in water, and may spread the fire as they are
carried along by the water current.
 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
When these resins burn, toxic gases such as carbon
monoxide, and halogenated–products of combustion
are produced. Caution should be used to avoid inhala-
tion of these toxic fumes. A self–contained breathing
apparatus should be worn when extinguishing such
fires.
 (%!,4( #/.#%2.3
 3KIN #ONTACT
Protective gloves and clothing should be worn to
avoid skin contact while handling styrenated resins.
Prolonged or repeated skin contact may cause skin ir-
thoroughly with soap and water. If irritation persists,
seek medical attention or use a recommended skin
cream to soothe and seal the pores of the skin.
 %YE #ONTACT
Chemical goggles shall be worn at all times when
working with liquid resins, or grinding and sanding
cured laminates. If exposure to these products causes
eye irritation, stinging, redness, or swelling, flush the
eyes with plenty of water. DO NOT RUB DRY. If the
symptoms persist, seek medical attention.
 )NHALATION
Do not inhale styrenated resin vapors or dust from
grinding. Provide adequate ventilation to minimize
inhalation. The personal exposure limit to styrene is
50 PPM as an 8 hour time weighted average. Re-
peated excessive exposures to high amounts may
cause central nervous system, liver, kidney effects
and respiratory or eye irritation. Repeated exposures
to smaller amounts may cause central nervous system
effects and respiratory or eye irritation. If inhalation
symptoms develop, move the person to fresh air im-
mediately. If the person has difficulty in breathing,
administer oxygen or provide artificial respiration,
keep the person warm, and seek medical assistance.
 )NGESTION
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting as
the resin material is an aspiration hazard. Seek medi-
cal attention immediately. Do not leave the person
unattended while help arrives.
 #HRONIC (EALTH %FFECTS
Styrene has been classified by the International
Agency for Research for Cancer (IARC) as a possible
carcinogen to humans. However, a number of lifetime
animal studies with styrene have not shown styrene
to be carcinogenic.
 2ESIN 3PILLS
Small resin spills of less than 3.5 oz (100 grams) can
be wiped up with paper towels and safety solvent.
Spills greater than 3.5 oz (100 grams) and less than
10 gallons (38 liters) should be cleaned up with sand
or other absorbent material, then shoveled into a con-
tainer for proper disposal. The sticky residue should
be removed with rags, then washed with a safety sol-
vent and hot soapy water. The area shall be continu-
ously ventilated with fans or other exhaust devices.
Larger resin spills should be contained promptly
within a periphery sand dike. Next, the liquid resin
should be scooped up, if possible, and placed in open
head steel drums. Residue should be absorbed with
sand and then shoveled into containers for proper dis-
posal. Final cleanup of the spilled area should follow
the same procedure as described above for small
spills.
 3TORAGE
Resin received in drums should be stored below 80^F
(27^C) in a covered storage area outside of the main
workplace. The resin drums should be kept away from
direct sunlight or other heat sources. Styrenated resins
have a limited storage life which is determined by the
resin manufacturer, e.g., vinyl ester resins have less
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
of a storage life as compared to most polyester resins.
Resins should not be stored above 80^F (27^C) be-
cause storage life decreases with increasing tempera-
tures.
Resin containers should be sealed tight to prevent
moisture pick–up and styrene monomer evaporation.
 $ISPOSAL
Local and state guidelines should be carefully fol-
lowed when disposing of liquid resins. Generally, liq-
uid resins are not acceptable in landfills. Such liquid
resin waste should be converted to solid waste by
means of catalization of the liquid materials prior to
disposal.
Some states allow the dumping of solid resin or cured
laminate waste in landfill areas.
Prior to dumping waste materials, it is recommended
that the proper state or local agency be contacted to
confirm the approved method of disposal for cured
resin parts and residue.
CAUTION: Always wear the proper protective cloth-
ing, safety glasses, safety shoes, and gloves when han-
dling liquid resins, solvents, catalysts, promoters, or
when cutting, grinding, or sanding cured FRP lami-
nate components. Pay particular attention to the ven-
tilation requirements during fabrication, installation,
and curing of FRP duct systems.

 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 CHAPTER 9

FRP GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

#(!04%2 
 '%.%2!,
This section provides a guide for specifying fiberglass
reinforced plastic (FRP) duct and duct fittings for air–
handling and fume–control systems. This guide spec-
ification is not intended as a reference document, but
rather is a guide for the development of specifications
for a particular project. This guide specification must
be edited to fit the conditions of use and work assign-
ments. Particular attention should be given to the
deletion of inapplicable provisions and addition of
necessary provisions related to a specific project. Ap-
propriate requirements should be included where
blank spaces have been provided.
 $2!7).'3
The duct system should be described by drawings de-
veloped in association with the system specification.
The drawings should present, as a minimum, a system
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
&20 '5)$% 30%#)&)#!4)/.3
layout plus the supplementary information required
by this guide specification. The drawings should in-
clude elevations of duct, slope, service equipment,
and location of terminations or connections to other
equipment where applicable. Drawings should indi-
cate where ducts are to be concealed or exposed and
any other details pertinent to the contractor and not
included in the job specifications.
 3%)3-)# 2%342!).4 02/6)3)/.3
This manual does not include the special support pro-
visions that may be required for seismic restraint. The
system designer should prescribe them as necessary.
 '5)$% 30%#)&)#!4)/.3
Starting on page 9.2, a guide specification is present-
ed for use in developing specifications for a particular
project.

 '5)$% 30%#)&)#!4)/.3 &/2 &)"%2',!33 2%).&/2#%$ 0,!34)#
!)2â(!.$,).' 3934%-3

 '%.%2!, 02/6)3)/.3 NOTES TO SPECIFIERS

The General and Supplementary Conditions of the This section corresponds with CSI Division 15,
Specification are hereby made a part of this branch Section 15010 and it relates to CSI Division 1, Gen-
of work. The Air Handling Contractor shall be gov- eral Requirements.
erned by all of the requirements thereof, insofar as
they apply to the Contractor’s work.
 7ORK )NCLUDED
This division includes all labor, materials, equipment, Specifier should select only those items actually re-
and accessories necessary to complete the air–han- quired on the particular project. This list may be
dling system(s) specified herein. used as a checklist to ascertain that all component
parts of the system are actually covered.
Access doors (ductwork and housings)
Air Handling Units
Air Washers or Scrubbers
Balancing and Adjusting
Belt Guards
Casing, Housings, and Plenums
Dampers, Volume (manual and motorized)
Duct Drainage Fittings
Ductwork
Eliminators
Equipment Foundation Drawings
Fans
Flexible Connections & Expansion Joints
Flexible Ducts
Hoods* * Should be coordinated with CSI Division 11, Lab-
Louvers and Screens (intake and exhaust) oratory Equipment and Industrial Equipment.
Pans (condensate, etc.)
Spray Booths
 7ORK %XCLUDED
Concrete Foundations Specifier should verify that allied construction
Cutting and Patching work is covered under appropriate divisions and/or
Electrical Work sections of the specification.
Metal Access Panels in Building –
Construction If the contract for a FRP duct system is in the na-
Openings in Floors, Walls, and Roofs ture of a prime contract, these items may be incor-
Painting (except as specified) porated as applicable.
Pipe Insulation
Plumbing and Pipe Work
Temporary Heat
Transfer Grilles in Doors
Waterproofing of Floor Under Equipment
Utilities
Drain Piping from Duct Drainage Fittings

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 #OORDINATION OF 7ORK
a. Coordination with Other Contractors: The Air flow characteristics are normally more critical
Air Handling Contractor shall work with than hydraulic flow characteristics and additional
other trades to avoid interferences in the changes in direction can seriously affect proper
installation of work covered by the contract. balancing of a system.
The routing of ductwork shall have prece-
dence over electrical, plumbing, piping and
sprinkler work. Should differences of opin-
ion develop, the Architect’s or Engineer’s
decision shall be final. Work shall be
installed so as not to delay progress of
construction and shall be correlated with
other trades.
b. Electrical Work: All control wiring (unless Starters and disconnects would normally be in-
otherwise specified) power wiring, and set- cluded in the electrical portion of the work. Fan
ting of loose motors shall be by others. Start- and equipment schedules should be cross–refer-
ers and disconnects shall be furnished and enced in the electrical section for proper take–off.
installed by others.
c. Equipment Foundations: Concrete founda- If equipment foundations consist of a concrete iner-
tions for all equipment shall be furnished by tia base with vibration isolators , these should be
others under the supervision of the Air–Han- specified together with the equipment to be
dling Contractor. Drawings, anchor bolts, mounted thereon so that they are matched properly.
and templates shall be provided by the Air–
Handling Contractor.
d. Piping: Steam, hot and cold water, sprinkler, and drain
lines should be specified in the appropriate sec-
1. Plumbing
tion(s) of the specifications, to be routed and con-
2. Sprinkler Work nected to the air–handling units where shown on
the drawings.
3. Steam fitting.
e. Cutting and Patching: The General Contrac- Specifier shall verify that this section is referenced
tor shall do all cutting and patching in floors, in the proper division of the specification to cover
walls, and roofs for the installation of equip- the cutting and patching required.
ment and air ducts. The Air–Handling Con-
tractor shall cooperate in the location of
openings in new construction. The Air–Han-
dling Contractor shall be responsible for the
cutting of all duct openings through non
load–bearing walls in existing structures.
f. Openings in Floors, Walls and Roofs: The
General Contractor shall be responsible for
providing openings of specified dimensions
in floors, walls and roofs complete with
curbs and bucks as required for all equip-
ment and air ducts.
g. Scaffolding: The Air–Handling Contractor The economy of multiple usage of scaffolding may
shall provide all scaffolding for the installa- not always be possible. When using this specifica-
tion of this branch of the work in areas where tion, verify that it is also covered under the General
the General Contractor has no requirements Contractor’s portion of the work.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 for this equipment. Where scaffolding is
provided by the General Contractor for the
erection of his work, this equipment shall be
left in place for the use of the Air–Handling
Contractor at no charge. The Air–Handling
Contractor shall have free use of hoist and
elevators for the transportation of his work-
ers, materials and equipment. All scaffold-
ing shall meet the requirements of local and
state codes.
h. Permits and Licenses: The Air–Handling This paragraph should be in agreement with the
Contractor shall secure all permits and li- General Conditions for the entire project and could
censes required for the installation of this make reference to them as well as indicate any
branch of the work and shall pay all fees inci- deviations or additions.
dent thereto.
i. Taxes: The Air–Handling Contractor shall
pay all federal, state, and local taxes applica-
ble to this branch of the work.
j. Utilities: All temporary sanitary and storm Verify coverage of these facilities’ services and
drainage facilities and all utilities including their usage under other portions of the specifica-
water and electrical services shall be pro- tion.
vided by others. Electrical services by oth-
ers shall include adequate temporary light-
ing.
k. Access: The General Contractor shall pro-
vide and maintain vehicular and pedestrian
access routes to all work areas for the pur-
poses of material delivery and workmen en-
trance and exit.
 3UBMITTALS
a. Shop Drawings: The Air–Handling Contrac- Sufficient copies should be included to enable
tor shall submit for approval __________ drawings to be supplied to other contractors that
copies of outline drawings and pertinent de- are providing openings or curbs for ducts and
tails for major equipment and ductwork as equipment to be supplied under this section of the
specified for this branch of the work. Includ- specification.
ing ____________ resin information.
b. Operating and Maintenance Instructions:
The Air Handling Contractor shall furnish
_______ copies of written operating and
maintenance instructions for all equipment
furnished by him under this section.
 %QUIPMENT )DENTIFICATION
The Air Handling Contractor shall place appropriate The contractor providing starters and control sta-
permanent identification labels or stencils on all fans tions which are not integrated with the controlled
and air–handling units. equipment should also provide appropriate perma-
nent identification of these items.

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 2EFERENCED $OCUMENTS

The following documents of the particular edition
listed form part of this specification to the extent spe-
cified herein.
Refer to CSI Manual of Practice MP–3C “The Use
of Reference Standards.” While changes in the
standards listed herein are normally only of a mi-
nor nature, care should be exercised to indicate the
exact edition of the reference manual used in the
design of the particular systems being specified.
The editions listed in this column are the current
editions at the time of preparation for this docu-
ment.

a. THERMOSET FRP DUCT CONSTRUC-
TION MANUAL. (Mandatory provisions in
Chapters Three through Eight) as published
by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors’ National Association, 4201 La-
fayette Drive, Chantilly, VA 20153.
b. HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING &
BALANCING. ibid.
c. AMCA Publication 99 in this specification
shall mean the Standards for Air Moving De-
vices as published by the Air Movement and
Control Association, 30 W. University
Drive, Arlington Heights, IL 60004–1893.
This guide specification is based on the use of, and
reference to, the mandatory provisions of this
manual, which are contained in Chapters Three
through Eight. The Manual includes reference to
pertinent standards as listed in Appendix E, Refer-
enced Documents. Reference to these documents
need not be duplicated in the project specification.
Where special requirements demand reference to
other documents they should be added to this para-
graph.

d. AMCA Standard 210 in this specification

shall mean the Laboratory Methods of Test-
ing Fans for Rating. ibid.

e. INDUSTRIAL VENTILATION MANUAL in

this specification shall mean the ___ edition
of Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Rec-
ommended Practice as published by the
American Conference of Governmental In-
dustrial Hygienists, Kemper Woods Center,
1330 Kemper Meadows Dr., Cincinnati, OH
45240–1634.

 !)2 $)342)"54)/. &20 $5#47/2+ Reference CSI Broadscope heading 15800.

All ductwork, fittings, and accessories shall be Depending on the particular project, the specifier
constructed and installed in accordance with SMAC- may find that the use of an alternate Broadscope
NA’s Thermoset FRP Duct Construction Manual. heading such as “Fume Exhaust System” is more
Hereinafter referred to as SMACNA’s FRP Manual. suitable.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

Material thickness and reinforcements shall be as spe-
cified in SMACNA’s FRP Manual for the static pres-
sure classification (s) indicated on the project draw-
ings.
 -ATERIALS
All materials shall be as specified in SMACNA’s FRP
Manual except as otherwise stated in this specifica-
tion.
 3IZE
Duct sizes shall be in accordance with the project
drawings which form a part of this specification. Un-
less otherwise specified on the project drawings, the
configuration of offsets, transitions, turns, etc., shall
be as specified in SMACNA’s FRP Manual.
 ,OCATION OF !CCESS $OORS
Access doors shall be located where indicated in the
project drawings. Access doors shall be constructed
in accordance with SMACNA’s FRP Manual.
 ,OCATION OF 2EGULATING $AMPERS
Volume dampers shall be furnished and installed
where indicated on the projects drawings. The damp-
ers shall be constructed in accordance with SMAC-
NA’s FRP Manual or equivalent.
 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
SMACNA’s FRP Manual specifies construction re-
quirements for maximum operating static pres-
sures. When referencing the construction require-
ments of this standard, the static pressure classifi-
cation(s) must be specified.
To provide for more economical construction, the
system may be separated into portions having dif-
ferent ratings. Where only a single rating is used,
it should be the maximum conditions anticipated in
the duct.
When nonstandard offsets or fittings are desired,
they should be so specified on the drawings.
Refer to SMACNA’s FRP Manual for standard duct
and fitting configurations, and specify sizes in ap-
propriate locations on the drawings.
The location and size of all access openings should
be indicated on the project drawings. Access open-
ings are usually provided at all locations requiring
routine maintenance and replacement of parts or
inspection of items concealed in the ductwork
(dampers, drains, etc.). Openings should also be
provided as necessary for performance of periodic
cleaning.
The location of all regulating dampers should be
indicated on the project drawings. Regulating
dampers should normally be provided at all fume
hoods, T–connections and any other location as
necessary for balancing and adjustment of the sys-
tem.
 &IRE $AMPERS
Fire dampers shall be furnished and installed where
indicated on the project drawings.
 ,OCATION OF &LEXIBLE #ONNECTIONS
Flexible connections shall be located where indicated
on the project drawings.
 ,OCATION OF %XPANSION *OINTS
Expansion joints shall be located where shown on the
project drawings.
Duct sizes shall be in accordance with the project
drawings which form a part of this specification.
Where fire dampers are required, their location
and type must be indicated on the project drawings.
The design party must assume the responsibility of
conformance to local codes and requirements.
The location of all flexible connections should be
indicated on the project drawings. As a minimum,
they should be indicated between ductwork and the
inlet and outlet of fans and other moving equip-
ment, for the purpose of vibration isolation.
Since the expansion rate of FRP duct is several
times that of steel, proper consideration must be
given to any installation to accommodate the over-
all linear expansion.
For both Flexible Connections and Expansion
Joints, the specifier shall designate suitable materi-
als and construction details.

 $ELIVERY 3TORAGE AND (ANDLING

Duct and fittings shall be protected from damage dur-
ing shipment and handling. Properly support during
shipping and storage to avoid flex strains.

 (ANGERS
Hangers shall be designed, fabricated, and installed
in accordance with the requirements of SMACNA’S
FRP Manual or equivalent.

 1UALITY !SSURANCE

All ductwork shall be fabricated and installed by ex-
perienced and qualified mechanics who have a mini-
mum of five years experience with the type of materi-
al and products specified herein.

 ,OCATIONS OF $RAINS

Drains shall be furnished and installed at the locations
specified on the drawings.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 %15)0-%.4 !.$ !##%33/2)%3 CSI Reference 15800

 &ANS
Furnish and install, where shown on the drawings,
fans of the model(s), size(s), type(s), and capacity or
equivalent indicated by the “Fan Schedule” which
forms a part of this specification.
The “Fans” schedule included in the specification
can be used to indicate the desired equipment.
Field fabricated curbs for power roof ventilators
should be detailed and specified under “Roofing”
section of specifications. Prefabricated metal
curbs may be obtained from the fan manufacturer
or manufactured by a sheet metal contractor.
Verify type and specification section.

Performance of all units shall be based on tests con-

ducted in accordance with AMCA 210____, “Labo- Give specific AMCA test code number.
ratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating.” Fan ro-
tors shall be statically and dynamically balanced by
the fan manufacturer.
The motor and fan assembly shall be isolated from the
base with ______ vibration insulators. (rubber) (other)

 3CRUBBERS
Furnish and install, where shown on the drawings, air Fill in selected manufacturer’s name and pertinent
scrubber(s) manufactured by _____, Model No. data. Equipment should be constructed of FRP or
_____, or approved equal, rated at ______ SCFM, at other material suitable for the environment.
_____ in. wg (Pa) static pressure, complete with all
appurtenances and accessories as required to com-
plete the installation in accordance with the manufac-
turer’s recommendations.

 (OODS &UME

Furnish and install fume hoods as shown and detailed See Sections 4 and 5 in the Industrial Ventilation
on the drawings. Manual for design criteria. Also coordinate work
with CSI Division 11.

 ,OUVERS AND 6ENTILATOR (EADS

Furnish and install FRP air–handling system louvers
and ventilator heads where shown on the drawings.
The louvers shall be fabricated of FRP and in accor-
dance with SMACNA’s FRP Manual.

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 -OTORS AND "ASES
Furnish all motors and bases of the size and character- Provide type, enclosure, frame, etc., as well as rat-
istics shown on the appropriate schedules for opera- ing in appropriate schedules.
tion of all air–handling equipment called for by this
specification.

 "ALANCING AND !DJUSTING

Air performance in all air handling and air distribu-
tion systems shall be tested, balanced, and adjusted.
This work shall be performed with calibrated instru-
ments in accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Sys-
tems Testing, Adjusting & Balancing Manual, ____
Edition. All instruments used for measurement shall
be accurate and calibration histories for each instru-
ment shall be available for examination. Accuracy
of measurement shall be in accordance with the
SMACNA Standards. ______ copies of final test re- Fill in total number of copies required for owner,
ports shall be submitted on appropriate SMACNA re- engineer, etc.
porting forms.

 'UARANTEE
The Air–Handling Contractor, within 12 months from
substantial completion and acceptance of the project
or from the date that any air handling system in whole
or in part, or any separate piece of equipment or com-
ponent thereof is placed in operation with the authori-
zation of the owner or his agent, whichever is earlier,
shall repair or replace any equipment found to be de-
fective or of inferior workmanship, without cost to the
owner.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION 

 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 APPENDIX A

DEVELOPMENT OF THE
TABLES
 !#+./7,%$'-%.4
The Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA) is deeply indebted
to the organizations listed below who, together with SMACNA contractors, contributed their combined expertise
to the development of the duct construction standards described in this publication. SMACNA also gratefully ac-
knowledges their material contributions in connection with the Laboratory Test Program performed for SMACNA
by Dr. Joseph M. Plecnik, of the Civil Engineering Department of California State University.

Ashland Chemical, Inc., Columbus, Ohio

Xerxesº Heilº Process Equipment, Avon, Ohio

Mesa Fiberglass, Inc., Denver, Colorado

Paramount Fiberglass, Inc., Rancho Cucamonga, California

Xerxesº Corporation, Anaheim, California

!00%.$)8 !
! ).42/$5#4)/.
This Appendix summarizes the criteria for the estab-
lishment of the FRP Duct Construction Tables, devel-
oped for SMACNA by Dr. Joseph M. Plecnik of the
Civil Engineering Department of California State
University, at Long Beach, California.
! $%3)'. 02/#%$52%3 &/2 2/5.$
&20 $5#43
To create the tables for Round FRP Duct in Chapter
Five, two types of laminate construction were consid-
ered:
a. RTP–1, Type I and Type II laminates, and
b. Filament Wound (Type X) laminates.
Properties of the laminates considered for the shell
were obtained as follows:
From the RTP–1 Standard, Type I and Type II lami-
nates as presented in Table 5- 3. In addition, a (V,
3M) laminate combination was included with the
same properties as those of Type I laminates, whose
nominal thicknesses vary from 0.14 in. (3.6 mm) for
(V, 3M) to 0.48 in. (12.3 mm) for (V, 11M). All Type
I laminates have a modulus of elasticity (E) of 1x106
psi (6900 MPa).
For Type II laminates the modulus of elasticity varies
as follows: for 0.22 in. (5.6 mm) nominal thickness
laminate it is 1.3x106 psi (8950 MPa), for the 0.29 in.
(7.4 mm) laminate it is 1.4x106 psi (9650 MPa), and
for the 0.37 in. (9.4 mm) and greater laminates it is
1.5x106 psi (10,300 MPa).
The design of the shell thickness in all cases is con-
trolled by vacuum. The required thicknesses for
$%6%,/0-%.4 /& 4(% 4!",%3
ty factor is the ratio of critical buckling pressure (pcr)
to actual vacuum (p).
In the case of the filament wound laminates, the thick-
ness varies from 0.140 in. (3.6 mm) for S1 laminate
to 0.540 in. (13.7 mm) for S21 laminate. The cylin-
ders were treated as orthotropic, with different prop-
erties in the hoop and axial directions. For each diam-
eter of duct, the design safety factor (S.F.) was
evaluated given an internal pressure (in. wg) and a
laminate combination. The results are presented in
Table A- 2 (Table A- 2M). The safety factor is the ra-
tio of critical buckling pressure (pcr) to actual vacuum
(p).
! $ESIGN FOR 6ACUUM 4YPE ) AND )) ,AMI
NATES
In all cases the design was controlled by buckling due
to vacuum, but strains due to internal pressure and self
weight (bending) were also checked. Deflections
were evaluated to make sure they remain under the
maximum allowable of 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) The criti-
cal buckling pressure (pcr) was taken from Ref. A.1,
where expressions corresponding to short, long, and
very long cylinders under vacuum (lateral external
pressure) are presented. The length of all ducts or dis-
tance between supports was assumed to be 10 ft (3.05
m), and the ducts were treated as long cylinders, for
which Equation 11–1 of Ref. A.1 gives:
  $ › Š ¶ Š ;"X  ‡ ¿J X ¿J › = Š
P CR 
, 2 Š
where
$ › = bending stiffness of the shell wall in the
hoop direction, in.–lb.
¶ Š = coefficient introduced to reduce theoreti-
cal results (assumed as 0.90)
" X = extension stiffness of the shell wall in the
longitudinal direction, lb/in.
Types I and II laminates were obtained for vacuum
(negative pressure) varying from 5 to 30 in. wg (1250
to 7450 Pa), in increments of 2.5 in. wg (600 Pa). The
results presented in Table A- 1 (Table A- 1M) corre-
spond to a safety factor (S.F.) of at least 4.0. The safe-
¿J X  ¿J › = Poisson’s ratios associated with ex-
tension in the axial and hoop directions, respec-
tively.
L = length of cylinder (assumed 120 in.)

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION !

 R = radius of cylinder, in. which, for SF = 4, ¿ = 0.30 and ¶ Š = 0.90, becomes:

Laminates Types I and II may be considered as isoto-

pic materials, then Š
 
P,
T MIN   2 Š
%
¿J X  ¿J ›  ¿ (assumed as 0.30)
! #HECK $ESIGN FOR 0OSITIVE )NTERNAL
"X  %T 0RESSURE AND $EAD ,OAD #OMBINED
 ‡ ¿

$›  %T  The design check was based on allowable strains for

 ‡ ¿ 
internal pressure and dead load (bending). The maxi-
mum allowable strain was taken as 1000 ¿s, which
for all combinations of laminate, duct diameter and
where pressure, was greater than the actual strain. Therefore,
the design due to vacuum still governed the design.
E = modulus of elasticity (lb/in.2)

t = shell thickness (in.) The following expressions were used to evaluate the
strains:

Substituting into the equation for pcr :

To check for internal pressure:
Š
    Š
 %T
‡¿
¶ Š %T
‡¿
 ‡ ¿  Š
P CR  Æ ( =hoop stress due to internal pressure
, 2 Š
Š
 ¶Š %T Š Æ (  0$
 

  T
, 2 Š  ‡ ¿ 
 ( = hoop strain due to internal pressure

Æ
To find a minimum thickness, tmin, which gives a de-  (  (  0$ Ì 
sign with a safety factor of at least SF, % %T

To check for bending due to dead load:

SF = pcr / p or pcr = (SF)p

Assume simply supported with L = 120 in.

then

Š
 ¶ Š %T MIN Š
 
W  weight per unit length
3& P  
, 2 Š  ‡ ¿ 
W  Ã$T 37

where S.W. = specific weight (assumed

Solving for tmin, ¶ WATER)

-  W,


Š Š 
3& ; ‡ ¿  = Š
   
P,
T MIN  2 Š
 ¶ Š % Æ ! = bending stress (axial direction)

! 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 W , Š 37 ,  ! $ESIGN FOR 6ACUUM &ILAMENT 7OUND
Æ!  -   ,AMINATES
3 à $ TŠ

$

 ! = axial strain due to bending (self weight)

The critical buckling pressure (pcr) was taken from
Ref. A.1, where expression corresponding to short,
Æ 37 , 
!  !  long, and very long orthotropic cylinders under vacu-
% $% um (lateral external pressure) are presented. The
length of all ducts, or distance between supports was
assumed to be 10 ft (3.05 m), and the ducts were
To check for internal pressure and dead load (bend- treated as long cylinders, for which Eq. 11–1 of Ref.
ing) combined: A.1 gives:

 4  (    !  Š  $ › Š ¶ Š ; "X  ‡ ¿J X ¿J › = Š

P CR 
, 2 Š

Š
 
 where
0$

37 , 

4   Ì 
%T $%
$ › = bending stiffness of the shell wall in the
hoop direction, in.–lb.

¶ Š = coefficient introduced to reduce theoreti-

! #HECK $EFLECTION
cal results (assumed as 0.90)

" X = extension stiffness of the shell wall in the

The deflection of the duct due to its own weight was longitudinal direction, lb/in.
calculated. In all cases, the resulting deflection was
significantly less than 0.50 in. (12.7 mm), which was
¿J X  ¿J › = Poisson’s ratios associated with ex-
considered the maximum allowable. The following
tension in the axial and hoop directions, respec-
expressions and assumptions were used:
tively ( ¿J X  ¿J › assumed 0.30).

L = length of cylinder (assumed 120 in.)

Assume simply supported with L = 120 in.
R = radius of cylinder, in.

— MAX  W,


 %) The values for $ › and " X are taken from the laminate
properties developed for each laminate combination,
such as those listed in Tables A- 3, A- 4, and A- 5.
where

Then the safety factor was calculated

W  Ã$T 37

)  Ã$  T P CR
 3&  P

substituting, The results in Table A- 2 (Table A- 2M) show these

safety factors, for values equal to 3.0 or greater. Blank
 37 ,  spaces indicate a safety factor less than 3.0 and regu-
— MAX  Ì  in. (12.7 mm)
%$  lar print indicates a safety factor of 3.0 or greater.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION !

! #HECK $ESIGN FOR 0OSITIVE )NTERNAL  ! = axial strain due to bending (self weight)
0RESSURE AND $EAD ,OAD #OMBINED
Æ 37 , 
!  ! 
%! $% !
The design check was based on allowable strains for
internal pressure and dead load (bending). The maxi- where % ! is the axial modulus of elasticity.
mum allowable strain was taken as 1000 ¿s, which
for all combinations of laminate, duct diameter and
pressure, was greater than the actual strain. Therefore,
the design due to vacuum still governed the design. To check for internal pressure and dead load (bend-
ing) combined:

The following expressions were used to evaluate the

strains:  4  (    !  Š

To check for internal pressure: Š

 
 

0$ 37 , 
4   Ì 
% ( T $% !
Æ ( = hoop stress due to internal pressure

Æ (  0$
T A maximum allowable deflection of 0.50 in. (12.7
mm) was used. All duct diameter and laminate com-
 ( = hoop strain due to internal presssure binations were checked. The resulting deflections
were significantly lower than the maximum allowa-
Æ ble. The calculations were performed using the fol-
 (  (  0$ Ì 
%( % ( T lowing expressions:

where % ( is the hoop modulus of elasticity.

Assume simply supported with L = 120 in.

To check for bending due to dead load:

— MAX  W,


 %)
Assume simply supported with L = 120 in.

where
W = weight per unit length
W  Ã$T 37
W  Ã$T 37
%  %!
where S.W. = specific weight
)  Ã$  T

-  W,


Æ ! = bending stress (axial direction) substituting,

W , Š 37 ,   37 , 

Æ!  -   — MAX  Ì  in. (12.7 mm)
3 à $ TŠ

$ % !$ 

! 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

! $%3)'. 02/#%$52%3 &/2 2%# w = uniformly distributed transverse load act-
4!.'5,!2 &20 $5#43 ing on a strip of unit width
= (0.0361)(column of water, in.)

! )NTRODUCTION L = transverse span of panel

$ %T 
 ‡ À 
The following design procedure was used to develop
the tables for FRP rectangular ducts in Chapter 6.
Duct dimensions from 12 to 96 in. (300 to 2450 mm)
and U is obtained from the expression
are considered with several variations of width and
height. Design static pressure varied from –30 to +30
in. wg (–7450 to +7450 Pa). When necessary, stiffen-
%  T
ers are provided in the transverse direction of the
 ‡À   Ì  ,
‡ 

U TANH U
‡  U

SINH  U
 
 U
 

U
ducts.

The bending stress at the edges is given by

! $ESIGN 0ROCEDURE FOR $UCTS 7ITHOUT
3TIFFENERS
U ‡ TANH U
Æ B‡!  Ì , 
 T U  TANH U
Design of ducts without stiffeners was performed tak-
en into account the effect of membrane stresses in
duct walls, the rotation at the corners due to differ-
and the tensile membrane stress is
ence in length of horizontal and vertical walls, and the
0 ‡ — effect. The design procedures is described
next.
% U
ÆM   T 
 ‡ À  ,
! !NALYSIS OF ,ONG 0LATE WITH &IXED AND
(ELD %DGES
By combining Æb–A and Æm the stresses in the top and
bottom surfaces at the fixed edges are calculated.

Initially the walls are assumed to be fixed and held

at the corners and that they behave as long plates act- Æ !  ÆM Æ B‡!
ing in the transverse direction. When a transverse
pressure acts on a panel under this support conditions,
tensile or membrane stresses ( Æ -) are developed in The bending stress at midspan is calculated as fol-
addition to the bending stresses. Tensile forces be- lows:
come larger as deflection increases. The solution to
this problem was taken from Ref. A.2. The results ob-
tained from this analysis were the stresses in the top
Æ B‡C    ; Ì, ‡ - ! ‡ - M =


and bottom surfaces of the plate at both the fixed T 

edges ( Æ !) and midspan ( Æ ").

where
The maximum deflection at midspan is given by
Æ T
- !  B‡!


— MAX  Ì, ;  U  U ‡ U
 
= - M  Æ M T — MAX
$ U  SINH U TANH U

Then the total stresses in the surfaces of the plate at

where midspan are:

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION !

 Æ "  ÆM Æ B‡C
! %VALUATION OF THE %FFECT OF 2OTATION OF
THE #ORNERS
The results obtained previously from the fixed and
held condition were modified to account for the rota-
tion of the corner of the ducts. This rotation is pro-
duced by unequal dimensions of the horizontal and
vertical walls of a duct. Since no program is available
to combine the effect of membrane stresses as calcu-
lated in section A.3.2.1 and rotation of corners, the
following approach is taken to evaluate the effect of
this rotation. Finite element (FE) analysis is per-
formed for each cross–section (1 in. (12.7 mm) wide
in the longitudinal direction of the duct) to determine
the bending moments at the edge and midspan of the
largest side of the duct, as well as the maximum
deflection (also at midspan). Those results include the
effects of rotation at the corners and 0 ‡ — effect.
Amplification factors F !, F ", and F — were obtained for
bending moments at the edge and midspan, and for
deflection, respectively. These factors are the ratio of
results obtained from FE analysis and results obtained
by analyzing a plate fixed and not held at the edges.
Separate analysis is performed for ducts under vacu-
um and internal pressure.
! #ALCULATE &ACTORED 3TRESSES AND
$EFLECTIONS
The results obtained by considering a fixed and held
plate (from section A.3.2.1) were modified by the cor-
responding factors F !, F ", and F —. Therefore, the final
factored stresses are Æ ! F! and Æ ! F" at the edge and
midspan respectively, and the factored deflection is
— MAX F—
! 3ELECTION OF 2EQUIRED 7ALL 4HICK
µ = side ratio of the plate
NESSES
Calculations were performed as described in sections
A.3.2.1, A.3.2.2, and A.3.2.3 for several thicknesses
and duct sizes. Design thicknesses are chosen so that
the maximum allowable stress is 2300 psi (15.9 MPa)
and the maximum allowable deflection is 1/2 in. (12.7
mm) for ducts under internal pressure and 3/4 in.
(19.1 mm) under vacuum. The results are listed in the
design tables of Chapter 6.
! 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
! $ESIGN 0ROCEDURE FOR $UCTS WITH 3TIFF
ENERS
To design ducts with transverse stiffeners, it is taken
advantage of the two–way action of the plates under
uniform pressure. The analysis and design procedures
are described next.
! !NALYSIS OF 2ECTANGULAR 0LATE WITH
&IXED AND (ELD %DGES
Deflection and maximum stress were calculated for
rectangular plates uniformly loaded. Dimensions of
the plate were taken from the size of the duct wall and
separation between transverse stiffeners. To the sec-
ond dimension, 3 in. (75 mm) on each side were sub-
tracted because of the stiffener and its additional
bond.
The analysis of stresses and deflections was per-
formed by using a model presented in Ref. A.3. This
model takes into consideration the development of
membrane stresses in addition to the bending stresses.
The model is based on the Ritz method applied to a
plate with large deflections. Equations of equilibrium
are derived by minimizing the energy expression with
respect to variations in displacement functions. An
approximate solution is obtained by assuming expres-
sions for the displacement functions. Ref. A.3 gives
numerical values for the constants involved in the as-
sumed functions. The constants are functions of Q, À,
and µ
where
Q  ÌB

$T
= B/A
Maximum deflection (at the center) and stress (at the
middle of the long side) are given respectively by
— MAX  µ  ´ 
and
 Æ MAX  µ  ´   µ ´  ‡ µ #   # µ  !
where ´ , ´ , # , and #  are constants that appear
in the expressions for displacement functions. Values
of — MAX and Æ MAX were obtained based on numerical
values given in Ref. A.3 for µ = 1, 2/3, and 1/2. This
method sometimes gives conservative results for µ =
2/3 and 1/2. Because of this, a check was performed
using the case of a very long plate ( µ = 0) as described
in section A.3.3.1 of this Appendix.
! 3ELECTION OF 2EQUIRED 7ALL 4HICK
tion was from 0.245 to 0.305 in. (6.6 to 7.7 mm), with
NESSES
With several cases analyzed for 10, 20, and 30 in. wg
(2450, 4950, and 7450 Pa) pressure, the design thick-
ness was selected to meet the requirement that the
stress be less than 2300 psi (15.9 MPa) and the deflec-
tion less than 1/2 in. (12.7 mm).
! %80%2)-%.4!, %6!,5!4)/. /&
2/5.$ &20 $5#43
! )NTRODUCTION
Four circular ducts were tested under a maximum 40
in. wg (9950 Pa) vacuum and the fifth duct was tested
up to buckling type failure. The objective of these
tests was to determine the adequacy of the design for
elastic stability, since buckling is the determinant fac-
tor in the design for round ducts. All these five ducts
are rated for a 20 in. wg (4950 Pa) vacuum.
The Type I (per RTP–1) laminates were fabricated
with E–type chopped glass with a fiber length of 1 in.
(12.7 mm) to 1–1/2 in. (38.1 mm) and using two C–
veils (10 mil (0.25 mm) each). The filament wound
duct was fabricated as shown in Table A- 3 and Table
A- 4. The corrosion barrier consisted of two C–veils
(10 mil (0.25 mm) each) followed by a 0.100 in.(2.5
mm) chopped liner. After the chopped liner, filament
winding at 63^ (with respect to the longitudinal axis
of the duct) provided the remaining thickness of the
duct. The resin used to manufacture all round duct
was an isophthalic polyester. All round ducts were 10
ft (3.05 m) long.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
$ESCRIPTION OF $UCT 3PECIMENS
Three Type I laminates (or RTP–1) round ducts were
tested: one 18 in. (450 mm) and two 48 in. (1200 mm)
diameter ducts. Nominal thicknesses of the structural
layer for these ducts is 0.172 in. (4.4 mm) and 0.301
in. (7.6 mm), respectively. Actual thicknesses were
measured using ultrasound. For the 18 in. (450 mm)
diameter duct, 8 readings indicated variations of the
thickness between 0.165 in. (4.2 mm), and 0.187 in.
(4.7 mm), with an average of 0.177 in. (4.5 mm). For
the first 48 in. (1200 mm) diameter duct, which will
be labelled the 48–A duct herein, the thickness varia-
an average for 8 readings of 0.274 in. (6.9 mm).
Thicknesses of both the 18 in. (450 mm) diameter and
48–A ducts are slightly below the design thickness for
a 20 in. wg (4950 Pa) vacuum. The second 48 in.
(1200 mm) diameter duct or 48–B duct, had an aver-
age thickness of 0.310 in. (7.9 mm).
Two filament wound round ducts were also fabricated
for this test program. A 24 in. (600 mm) diameter duct
was constructed using laminate construction P5 and
a 60 in. (1500 mm) diameter duct with a laminate
construction R7. Thicknesses were checked by taking
ultrasound readings. The 24 in. (600 mm) diameter
duct with a nominal thickness of 0.220 in. (5.6 mm),
had an average measured thickness of 0.213 in. (5.4
mm). The 60 in. (1500 mm) diameter duct, with a
nominal thickness of 0.26 in. (6.6 mm), had an aver-
age measured thickness of 0.283 in. (7.2 mm).
All ducts were capped at their ends. The 48 in. (1200
mm) and 60 in. (1500 mm) diameter ducts were rein-
forced with a wood stiffener at each of their end caps
to avoid excessive bending stresses. No other stiffen-
ers were provided.
! 4EST 3ETUP
The setup for the vacuum test of the circular ducts was
exactly the same used for testing the rectangular
ducts.
! 4EST 0ROCEDURE
The test consisted in applying pressure and vacuum
to the ducts at increment levels used for rectangular
!
ducts. Since the ducts were designed for 20 in. wg
(4950 Pa) vacuum, they were subjected to a maxi-
mum of 40 in. wg (9950 Pa) vacuum with exception
of the 48–B duct which was loaded to a higher va-
cuum. While the vacuum was being applied, the ducts
were inspected for any indication of instability or
buckling. Strains were measured for all ducts under
both pressure and vacuum load conditions.
! 3TRESSES AND 3TRAINS
Strains and resultant stresses were obtained on all
round ducts at all load increments. Resultant strains
closely coincide with the theoretical strains as given
by the traditional formulas of PR/t and PR/2t for hoop
and axial stresses respectively; where P is the pres-
sure, R is the radius of the cylinder, and t is the wall
thickness.
! 4EST 2ESULTS
All round ducts were initially subjected to 50 in. wg
(12.4 kPa) pressure. The strain levels measured were
all very low relative to acceptable standard of 1000
¿s used throughout most of the fiberglass industry.
Under vacuum, all ducts were subjected to 40 in. wg.
(9950 Pa). The 18, 24, and 60 in. (450, 600, and 1500
mm) diameter ducts resisted the maximum vacuum
without any indication of elastic instability or buck-
ling. There was no indication of any other type of
damage in any of these three ducts. Strains measured
on the 24 in. (600 mm) diameter duct were very small,
well below the 1000 ¿s limit given above. This con-
firms that strain is not the controlling design factor
for circular ducts subjected to vacuum.
The 48–A duct was also loaded to the maximum value
of 40 in. wg (9950 Pa) vacuum. However, this duct
buckled suddenly as the maximum vacuum was
reached. The buckling occurred at the mid–length of
the duct and over an area of approximately 180^ cir-
cumferential direction and 36 in. (900 mm) in axial
direction with the depression of approximately 5 in.
(125 mm) at its deepest point. The buckled shape had
a total of 2 lobes separated approximately 90^ apart.
As noted earlier, the shell for the 48 in. (1200 mm)
diameter duct was determined to be thinner than the
! 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
nominal design thickness. The 48–B duct with a shell
thickness of 0.310 in. (7.9 mm) was loaded up to fai-
lure. This duct buckled at 67 in. wg (16.7 kPa) vacu-
um, which is significantly higher than the design 20
in. wg (4950 Pa) vacuum.
Strains measured in the duct were well below the
maximum allowable. Again it was confirmed that
elastic instability governs the design of these round
ducts rather than strength.
! #ONCLUSIONS FOR 2OUND $UCT
Based on the experimental results reported by Dr.
Plecnik, the following conclusions were reached:
1. Round fiberglass duct under pressure or vac-
uum may be accurately analyzed for stresses
and strains using conventional PR/t and
PR/2t for hoop and axial stresses respective-
ly.
2. Under typical pressure conditions, the fiber-
glass round duct is subjected to very low
strain and stress levels. However, significant
stress/strain levels may occur if additional
wind, seismic or other type of loads are con-
sidered.
3. Under vacuum loading, buckling is the con-
trolling design condition since stresses and
strains are generally very low. The buckling
analysis as presented above accurately pre-
dicts the buckling failure of round ducting.
4. The additional stresses or strains produced
by different types of support conditions must
be considered when analyzing localized
stress conditions in round ducting.
5. When applicable, stresses induced by wind
or seismic loads must be added to the analy-
sis presented.
6. Based on the test results, it is recommended
that the analytical procedures described ear-
lier be accepted as a reasonable design meth-
od for round fiberglass ducting.
! %80%2)-%.4!, %6!,5!4)/. /&
2%#4!.'5,!2 &20 $5#43
This Appendix contains the results of a series of tests
performed on rectangular fiberglass reinforced plastic
(FRP) ducts. A total of four ducts with the following
cross–sectional dimensions were tested: 20” x 20”
(500 x 500 mm), 36” x 18” (900 x 450 mm), 36” x
72” (900 x 1800 mm), and 72” x 72” (1800 x 1800
mm). This Appendix contains description of the
ducts, test setup, test procedure and results. Data ob-
tained consisted of deflections and strains at critical
locations. All ducts were tested under vacuum and in-
ternal pressure (up to 30 in. wg (7450 Pa)).
Section A.5.1 of this Appendix presents the testing of
a 20” x 20” (500 x 500 mm) and a 36” x 18” (900 x
450 mm) ducts. Section A.5.2 refers to testing of a 36”
x 72” (900 x 1800 mm) duct and section A.5.3 con-
tains the testing of a 72” x 72” (1800 x 1800 mm)
duct. All ducts were manufactured with isophthalic
polyester resin and E–glass. All glass reinforcement
consisted of chopped glass with a fiber length of 1 in.
(12.7 mm) to 1–1/2 in. (38.1 mm). The laminate prop-
erties were equal to or greater than the specified, by
RTP–1 Type I laminate. The actual coupon test re-
sults for the four ducts are given in the Table A- 5.
On the interior surface, two C–veils (10 mils (0.25
mm) each) were used as the corrosion barrier.
In evaluating the test results, the maximum allowable
flexural stress of 2300 psi (15.9 MPa) results in a safe-
ty factor of about 9. The maximum deflections of the
sides of the duct are 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) and 3/4 in.
(19.1 mm) for pressure and vacuum, respectively.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
! 4ESTING OF A ì X ì  X  MM
AND A ì X ì  X  MM &20
$UCT
! )NTRODUCTION
A 20” x 20” (500 x 500 mm) and a 36” x 18” (900
x 450 mm) FRP Duct was tested under vacuum and
internal pressure. Data collected during testing con-
sisted of strains and deflections of the walls under 10,
20, and 30 in. wg (2450, 4950, and 7450 Pa)
! $ESCRIPTION OF $UCT 3PECIMENS
The ducts were made of fiberglass reinforced plastic
with a 120 in. (3050 mm) length. Reinforcing layers
consisting of chopped glass construction were added
to the outside four corners of the ducts. The width of
this extra bond was 3 in. (75 mm) for the 20” x 20”
(500 x 500 mm) duct and 3–1/2 in. (90 mm) for the
36” x 18” (900 x 450 mm) duct extending from the
curvature of the corners. Both ends of the ducts were
sealed by end caps bonded to the duct ends by addi-
tional reinforcing layers. Figure A- 1 and Figure A- 2
show cross–sections of the ducts.
Thicknesses were measured for two walls of each
duct. For the 20” x 20” (500 x 500 mm) duct, average
thicknesses of 0.250 in. (6.4 mm) and 0.284 in. (7.2
mm) were obtained by ultrasound readings on the top
and side walls respectively. For the 18” x 36” (450
x 900 mm) duct, average thicknesses were 0.289 in.
(7.3 mm) and 0.285 in. (7.2 mm) for the top and side
walls respectively.
!
 S.F. = 4
L (in.) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
Vacuum LAMINATE TYPE I TYPE II TYPE I TYPE II
p (in.
( wg)g) E (psi) 1.0E+06 1.3E+06 1.4E+06 1.5E+06 1.0E+06 1.3E+06 1.4E+06 1.5E+06
D (in.) 12 12 12 12 24 24 24 24
5.0 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.37
7.5 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37
10.0 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37
12.5 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37
15.0 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.37
17.5 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.37
20.0 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.37
22.5 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.37
25.0 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.27 0.22 0.29 0.37
27.5 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.27 0.22 0.29 0.37
30.0 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.27 0.29 0.37

S.F. = 4
L (in.) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
Vacuum LAMINATE TYPE I TYPE II TYPE II TYPE II TYPE I TYPE II
p (in.
( wg)g) E (psi) 1.0E+06 1.3E+06 1.4E+06 1.5E+06 1.0E+06 1.3E+06 1.4E+06 1.5E+06
D (in.) 36 36 36 36 48 48 48 48
5.0 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37
7.5 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.37
10.0 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.27 0.22 0.29 0.37
12.5 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.27 0.29 0.37
15.0 0.27 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.31 0.29 0.37
17.5 0.27 0.29 0.37 0.31 0.29 0.37
20.0 0.27 0.29 0.37 0.31 0.29 0.37
22.5 0.31 0.29 0.37 0.35 0.29 0.37
25.0 0.31 0.29 0.37 0.35 0.37
27.5 0.31 0.29 0.37 0.35 0.37
30.0 0.31 0.29 0.37 0.40 0.37

S.F. = 4
L (in.) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
Vacuum LAMINATE TYPE I TYPE II TYPE I TYPE II
p (in.
( wg)g) E (psi) 1.0E+06 1.3E+06 1.4E+06 1.5E+06 1.0E+06 1.3E+06 1.4E+06 1.5E+06
D (in.) 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72
5.0 0.23 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.27 0.22 0.29 0.37
7.5 0.27 0.29 0.37 0.27 0.29 0.37
10.0 0.31 0.29 0.37 0.31 0.29 0.37
12.5 0.31 0.29 0.37 0.35 0.29 0.37
15.0 0.31 0.29 0.37 0.35 0.37
17.5 0.35 0.37 0.40 0.37
20.0 0.35 0.37 0.40 0.37
22.5 0.40 0.37 0.44 0.37
25.0 0.40 0.37 0.44 0.37
27.5 0.40 0.37 0.48 0.41
30.0 0.44 0.37 0.48 0.41

7DEOH $ï 1RPLQDO /DPLQDWH 7KLFNQHVV LQ

*LYHQ 'XFW 'LDPHWHU DQG 9DFXXP
NOTES:
a. These three tables include a few duct diameters for illustrative purposes only.
b. The tables in Chapter 5 are a representation of the same data but in a more compact and practical
presentation.

$ 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 S.F. = 4
L (mm) 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050
Vacuum LAMINATE TYPE I TYPE II TYPE I TYPE II
((Pa)) E (kPa) 6.9E+06 9.0E+06 9.7E+06 10.3E+06 6.9E+06 9.0E+06 9.7E+06 10.3E+06
D (mm) 300 300 300 300 600 600 600 600
1250 3.56 5.59 7.37 9.40 3.56 5.59 7.37 9.40
1870 3.56 5.59 7.37 9.40 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40
2500 3.56 5.59 7.37 9.40 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40
3100 3.56 5.59 7.37 9.40 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40
3750 3.56 5.59 7.37 9.40 5.84 5.59 7.37 9.40
4350 3.56 5.59 7.37 9.40 5.84 5.59 7.37 9.40
5000 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40 5.84 5.59 7.37 9.40
5600 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40 5.84 5.59 7.37 9.40
6200 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40 6.86 5.59 7.37 9.40
6850 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40 6.86 5.59 7.37 9.40
7500 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40 6.86 7.37 9.40

S.F. = 4
L (mm) 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050
Vacuum LAMINATE TYPE I TYPE II TYPE I TYPE II
((Pa)) E (kPa) 6.9E+06 9.0E+06 9.7E+06 10.3E+06 6.9E+06 9.0E+06 9.7E+06 10.3E+06
D (mm) 900 900 900 900 1200 1200 1200 1200
1250 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40
1870 4.57 5.59 7.37 9.40 5.84 5.59 7.37 9.40
2500 5.84 5.59 7.37 9.40 6.86 5.59 7.37 9.40
3100 5.84 5.59 7.37 9.40 6.86 7.37 9.40
3750 6.86 5.59 7.37 9.40 7.87 7.37 9.40
4350 6.86 7.37 9.40 7.87 7.37 9.40
5000 6.86 7.37 9.40 7.87 7.37 9.40
5600 7.87 7.37 9.40 8.89 7.37 9.40
6200 7.87 7.37 9.40 8.89 9.40
6850 7.87 7.37 9.40 8.89 9.40
7500 7.87 7.37 9.40 10.16 9.40

S.F. = 4
L (mm) 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050 3050
Vacuum LAMINATE TYPE I TYPE II TYPE I TYPE II
((Pa)) E (kPa) 6.9E+06 9.0E+06 9.7E+06 10.3E+06 6.9E+06 9.0E+06 9.7E+06 10.3E+06
D (mm) 1500 1500 1500 1500 1800 1800 1800 1800
1250 5.84 5.59 7.37 9.40 6.86 5.59 7.37 9.40
1870 6.86 7.37 9.40 6.86 7.37 9.40
2500 7.87 7.37 9.40 7.87 7.37 9.40
3100 7.87 7.37 9.40 8.89 7.37 9.40
3750 7.87 7.37 9.40 8.89 9.40
4350 8.89 9.40 10.16 9.40
5000 8.89 9.40 10.16 9.40
5600 10.16 9.40 11.18 9.40
6200 10.16 9.40 11.18 9.40
6850 10.16 9.40 12.19 10.41
7500 11.18 9.40 12.19 10.41

7DEOH $ï0 1RPLQDO /DPLQDWH 7KLFNQHVV PP

*LYHQ 'XFW 'LDPHWHU DQG 9DFXXP
NOTES:
a. These three tables include a few duct diameters for illustrative purposes only.
b. The tables in Chapter 5 are a representation of the same data but in a more compact and practical
presentation.

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ $

 DIAMETER (in.) = 12 12
DUCT LENGTH (in.) = 120
Pressure LAMINATE COMBINATION
(in. wg) S1 S3 S5 S7 S9 S11 S13 S15 S17 S19 S21
5 32 61 101 154 222 308 412 536 682 851 1043
10 16 31 51 77 111 154 206 268 341 425 522
15 11 20 34 51 74 103 137 179 227 284 348
20 8 15 25 39 56 77 103 134 171 213 261
25 6 12 20 31 44 62 82 107 136 170 209
30 5 10 17 26 37 51 69 89 114 142 174

DIAMETER (in.) = 24
DUCT LENGTH (in.) = 120
Pressure LAMINATE COMBINATION
(in. wg.) S1 S3 S5 S7 S9 S11 S13 S15 S17 S19 S21
5 11 22 36 54 79 109 146 190 241 301 369
10 5.6 11 18 27 39 54 73 95 121 150 184
15 3.7 7 12 18 26 36 49 63 80 100 123
20 5.4 9 14 20 27 36 47 60 75 92
25 4.3 7.1 11 16 22 29 38 48 60 74
30 6.0 9 13 18 24 32 40 50 61

DIAMETER (in.) = 48
DUCT LENGTH (in.) = 120
Pressure LAMINATE COMBINATION
(in. wg.) S1 S3 S5 S7 S9 S11 S13 S15 S17 S19 S21
5 4.0 7.7 13 19 28 38 51 67 85 106 130
10 3.8 6.3 10 14 19 26 34 43 53 65
15 4.2 6.4 9 13 17 22 28 35 43
20 3.2 4.8 6.9 10 13 17 21 27 33
25 3.9 5.6 7.7 10 13 17 21 26
30 3.2 4.6 6.4 9 11 14 18 22

DIAMETER (in.) = 72
DUCT LENGTH (in.) = 120
Pressure LAMINATE COMBINATION
(in. wg.) S1 S3 S5 S7 S9 S11 S13 S15 S17 S19 S21
5 4.2 6.9 10 15 21 28 36 46 58 71
10 3.4 5.2 7.6 10 14 18 23 29 35
15 3.5 5.0 7.0 9 12 15 19 24
20 3.8 5.2 7.0 9 12 14 18
25 3.0 4.2 5.6 7.3 9 12 14
30 3.5 4.7 6.1 8 10 12

7DEOH $ï 6DIHW\ )DFWRUV *LYHQ )LODPHQW :RXQG

/DPLQDWH &RPELQDWLRQ DQG 9DFXXP
NOTES:
a. These four tables include a few duct diameters for illustrative purposes only. Long cylinder
assumed for all tables.
b. The tables in Chapter 5 are a representation of the same data but in a more compact and practical
presentation.

$ 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 DIAMETER (mm) = 300 300
DUCT LENGTH (mm) = 3050
Pressure LAMINATE COMBINATION
(Pa) S1 S3 S5 S7 S9 S11 S13 S15 S17 S19 S21
1250 32 61 101 154 222 308 412 536 682 851 1043
2500 16 31 51 77 111 154 206 268 341 425 522
3750 11 20 34 51 74 103 137 179 227 284 348
5000 8 15 25 39 56 77 103 134 171 213 261
6250 6 12 20 31 44 62 82 107 136 170 209
7500 5 10 17 26 37 51 69 89 114 142 174

DIAMETER (mm) = 600

DUCT LENGTH (mm) = 3050
Pressure LAMINATE COMBINATION
(Pa) S1 S3 S5 S7 S9 S11 S13 S15 S17 S19 S21
1250 11 22 36 54 79 109 146 190 241 301 369
2500 5.6 11 18 27 39 54 73 95 121 150 184
3750 3.7 7 12 18 26 36 49 63 80 100 123
5000 5.4 9 14 20 27 36 47 60 75 92
6250 4.3 7.1 11 16 22 29 38 48 60 74
7500 6.0 9 13 18 24 32 40 50 61

DIAMETER (mm) = 1200 1200

DUCT LENGTH (mm) = 3050
Pressure LAMINATE COMBINATION
(Pa) S1 S3 S5 S7 S9 S11 S13 S15 S17 S19 S21
1250 4.0 7.7 13 19 28 38 51 67 85 106 130
2500 3.8 6.3 10 14 19 26 34 43 53 65
3750 4.2 6.4 9 13 17 22 28 35 43
5000 3.2 4.8 6.9 10 13 17 21 27 33
6250 3.9 5.6 7.7 10 13 17 21 26
7500 3.2 4.6 6.4 9 11 14 18 22

DIAMETER (mm) = 1800

DUCT LENGTH (mm) = 3050
Pressure LAMINATE COMBINATION
(Pa) S1 S3 S5 S7 S9 S11 S13 S15 S17 S19 S21
1250 4.2 6.9 10 15 21 28 36 46 58 71
2500 3.4 5.2 7.6 10 14 18 23 29 35
3750 3.5 5.0 7.0 9 12 15 19 24
5000 3.8 5.2 7.0 9 12 14 18
6250 3.0 4.2 5.6 7.3 9 12 14
7500 3.5 4.7 6.1 8 10 12
7DEOH $ï0 6DIHW\ )DFWRUV *LYHQ )LODPHQW :RXQG
/DPLQDWH &RPELQDWLRQ DQG 9DFXXP
NOTES:
a. These four tables include a few duct diameters for illustrative purposes only. Long cylinder
assumed for all tables.
b. The tables in Chapter 5 are a representation of the same data but in a more compact and practical
presentation.

7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ $

 SG- 1 SG- 2 SG- 3
SG- 4

TOP PANEL
ADDITIONAL
BOND

3 in. (75 mm)

SG- 5

SIDE PANEL
DUCT
THICKNESS
1/2" (12.7 mm)
MINIMUM CORNER RADIUS

SG = STRAIN GAGE

),*85( $ï &5266 6(&7,21 2) $ µ ; µ  ;  PP '8&7

SG- 1 SG- 2 SG- 3

SG- 4

TOP PANEL
ADDITIONAL
BOND

3• 1/2 in.
(90 mm)
SIDE PANEL

SG- 5

DUCT
THICKNESS
1" (25.4 mm)
MINIMUM CORNER RADIUS

SG = STRAIN GAGE

),*85( $ï &5266 6(&7,21 2) $ µ ; µ  ;  PP '8&7

$ 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

! 4EST 3ETUP
All the duct specimens were subjected to both internal
pressure and vacuum. Using air pressure or vacuum
pumps, the appropriate pressure and vacuum were ap-
plied to each duct at pre–determined levels. Figure
A- 3 provides a schematic of the test setup. A manom-
eter was used to control both the vacuum and pres-
sure.
A total of five strain gages (SG) were placed on each
duct specimen. All gages were located at mid length
of the ducts. Three gages were placed on the top wall:
SG–1 was in the middle, SG–2 was placed approxi-
mately 1 in. from the additional bond at the corners,
and SG–3 in the center of the additional bond. Gage
SG–4 was installed on the round corner. SG–5 was
placed in the middle of one of the side walls. All
gages were oriented in the transverse direction.
Deflections were measured at the center of both the
top wall (next to SG–1) and the side wall (next to
SG–5). To measure deflections, fixed horizontal and
vertical reference lines were used parallel to the top
wall and side wall, respectively.
! 4EST 0ROCEDURE
The tests consisted of applying vacuum and internal
pressure to the ducts. Data consisted of deflections
and strains measured at location described above. The
20” x 20” (500 x 500 mm) duct was tested first under
vacuum and then under pressure and the 36” x 18”
(900 x 450 mm) duct was tested first under pressure
and then under vacuum.
Initial deflection and strain readings were taken when
the ducts were under zero gage pressure. These read-
ings become the reference or zero readings. Then vac-
uum or pressure were applied up to 10 in. wg (2450
Pa). Pressure was maintained constant while a second
set of deflection and strain readings were taken. The
next step consisted of increasing the vacuum or pres-
sure from 10 in. wg (2450 Pa) to 20 in. wg (4950 Pa),
where readings were again taken while the pressure
was kept constant. The same procedure was repeated
for a vacuum or pressure of 30 in. wg (7450 Pa). At
this point, the duct was visually examined for any da-
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
mage. Finally, the pressure or vacuum was reduced
back to zero.
! 4EST 2ESULTS FOR ì X ì  X 
MM $UCT
Resultant deflections and strains were obtained by
subtracting the zero reading from the readings taken
at 10, 20, and 30 in. wg (2450, 4950, and 7450 Pa)
respectively. The maximum strain of 2160 micro
strains (¿s) occurs at the duct’s corner (SG–4) under
a 30 in. wg (7450 Pa) vacuum. This strain is equiva-
lent to 2160 psi (14.9 MPa) assuming a modulus of
elasticity of 1x106 psi (6.9x103 MPa). This stress is
less than the allowable of 2300 psi (15.9 MPa). All
other stresses were well below this allowable stress.
For 20 in. wg (4950 Pa) pressure, the maximum strain
was 1607 ¿s, which corresponds to a stress of 1607
psi (11.1 MPa).
A significant fact is the difference between strains re-
corded by SG–1 and SG–5. Even though theoretically
both strains should be the same for a square duct,
SG–5 gave strains approximately half of those re-
corded by SG–1. This implies a thickness variation
in the walls of the duct. The top wall deflected 0.31
in. (7.9 mm) whereas the side wall only 0.14 in. (3.6
mm) under 30 in. wg (7450 Pa) pressure. However,
these deflections are considered reasonable for this
duct considering that the deflection limit is 3/4 in.
(19.1 mm) at the design condition of 10 in. wg (2450
Pa).
Very similar results were obtained for the vacuum and
the internal pressure tests. The only difference is the
change of sign for the strains and change of direction
for deflections.
! 4EST 2ESULTS FOR ì X ì  X 
MM $UCT
Analysis of the strains showed the effect of the differ-
ence in length of the long side and short side of the
rectangular cross section. In this case, when vacuum
is applied, SG–1 is under compression and SG–5 un-
der tension. (This is in contrast to what was observed
for the square duct where both SG–1 and SG–5 indi-
cate compression strain under vacuum.) The largest
recorded strain of 1697 ¿s is at the corner (SG–4), but
!
!
4/ -!./-%4%2

4/ 6!#55- 05-0
/2 !)2 ,).%
&20 $5#4

3),)#/.%
3%!,!.4

 IN
 MM

%,%6!4)/. 6)%7

(/,% 4/ !00,9
6!#55-  02%3352%

 IN  MM  IN  MM

&)'52% !  6!#55-  02%3352% 4%34 /& &20 $5#4

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 IN  IN
 MM  MM
ì X ì  X  MM $5#4 ì X ì  X  MM $5#4

3)$% 6)%7
even at 30 in. wg (7450 Pa) vacuum, the strain re-
mains below the maximum allowable.
Deflections are more critical than strains for this duct.
Under vacuum of 30 in. wg (7450 Pa), the top side
had a deflection of 0.84 in. (21.3 mm) at the center.
The maximum allowable deflection for vacuum of
3/4 in. (19 mm) is exceeded by 12%. At 20 in. wg
(4950 Pa) vacuum, the deflection is 0.56 in. (14.2
mm), which is below the maximum limit. The effect
of long side to short side length ratio is also evident
on deflections. The short side deflected only 0.12
in.(3 mm) and 0.08 in. (2 mm) at 30 in. wg (7450 Pa)
and 20 in. wg (4950 Pa) vacuum, respectively. At the
design pressure/vacuum of 10 in. wg (2450 Pa) for a
duct with a thickness equivalent to this 36” x 18” (900
x 450 mm) duct, deflections were significantly lower
than the maximum limits. Under 10 in. wg (2450 Pa)
vacuum, the deflection of the top panel was 0.27 in.
(6.9 mm), which is below the 0.75 in. (19.1 mm) lim-
it.
The length of additional bonds at the corners can be
considered adequate. This may be concluded by anal-
ysis of the strains recorded by SG–2, which is near
the end of the corner bond. Strains here are very
small. This indicates that the bond has been extended
to approximately the point of inflection where bend-
ing stresses are minimum.
! 4ESTING OF A ì X ì  X  MM explained in section A.5.2.5.1 of this Appendix.
&20 $UCT
! )NTRODUCTION
A 36” x 72” (900 x 1800 mm) FRP duct was tested
under vacuum and internal pressure (maximum of 30
in. wg (7450 Pa)). This section contains a description
of the specimen, test setup and procedure, and results.
This type of duct is rated for a design pressure/vacu-
um of 10 in. wg (2450 Pa), and its design thickness
is 0.387 in. (9.8 mm) for a maximum stiffener spacing
of 54 in. (1350 mm), or thickness of 0.301 in. (7.6
mm) for a stiffener spacing of 42 in. (1050 mm).
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
! $ESCRIPTION OF $UCT 3PECIMEN
The 98 in. (2500 mm) long FRP duct had a rectangu-
lar cross section of 36 in. x 72 in. (900 x 1800 mm).
The duct was reinforced at its mid length using an ex-
ternal 2 x 4 (50 x 100 mm) wood stiffener with 1/4
in. (6.4 mm) FRP bond (all chopped construction).
This stiffener was provided around the entire perime-
ter of the duct.
Wall thicknesses were measured by using ultrasound
equipment. Thickness of the 72 in. (1800 mm) wide
panel, which will be called “Top Panel” herein, was
measured at several points within the center area be-
tween the stiffener and one end of the duct. The aver-
age thickness of 8 readings was 0.354 in. (9 mm). The
36 in. (900 mm) wide panel, which will be called
“Side Panel” herein, had an average thickness of
0.360 in. (9.1 mm) within its center area between the
stiffener and one of the duct’s end. Wall thicknesses
are less than the design thickness of 0.387 in. (9.8
mm), however, the spacing from the center of the
stiffener to the end of the duct is 49 in. (12.4 mm),
less than the 54 in. (13.7 mm) design spacing.
Wall thickness was also measured at several points
located 8 to 12 in. (200 to 300 mm) from the corners
of the ducts. The average of the thickness measure-
ments in this area was 0.352 in. (8.9 mm). The center
area of the top panel had an initial curvature outward
from the interior of the duct. At the center, the panel
was approximately 0.30 in. (7.6 mm) above the level
of the edges. This curvature had an important effect
on deflections of the duct under vacuum as it will be
The corners of the duct were reinforced with addition-
al FRP layers in the longitudinal direction. The addi-
tional bond extended approximately 3–1/2 in. (90
mm) to each side of the corners. The duct was closed
at both ends with FRP walls reinforced with an exter-
nal 2” x 4” (50 x 100 mm) wood stiffener, which was
oriented in the short dimension (36 in. (900 mm)) of
the duct.
! 4EST 3ETUP
The test specimen was prepared to be subjected to in-
ternal pressure and vacuum. A 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) di-
ameter hole was drilled in the Top Panel. A hose was
!
inserted in this hole. Silicone sealant was placed
around the hose and hole to minimize pressure losses
during testing. The other end of the hose was con-
nected to a vacuum pump or an air line to apply vacu-
um and internal pressure respectively. A manometer
was used to control the magnitude of vacuum or pres-
sure.
A total of six strain gages were installed. Two gages,
one in the axial direction and one in the transverse di-
rection, were placed on the Top Panel and two on the
Side Panel. These gages were located in the center of
the panels, between the stiffener and one end of the
duct. The other two gages were installed on the stif-
fener. One gage was at midspan of the 72 in. (1800
mm) long stiffener (“Top Stiffener”) and the other
gage was on the 36 in. (900 mm) stiffener (“Side Stiff-
ener”). Two reference lines, one horizontal and one
vertical, were used to measure absolute displacement
of the panels and stiffener.
! 4EST 0ROCEDURE
A series of three load/unload cycles was performed.
First the duct was subjected to a pressure of 30 in. wg
(7450 Pa) vacuum and then released to zero. Then an
internal pressure of 30 in. wg (7450 Pa) was applied
and released back to zero. Finally, another cycle of
vacuum up to 30 in. wg (7450 Pa) was applied.
During the first vacuum and internal pressure cycle,
strain and deflection readings were taken at 0, 5, 10,
20, and 30 in. wg (0, 1250, 2450, 4950, and 7450 Pa).
For the second vacuum cycle, readings were taken ev-
ery 1 in. wg (250 Pa) up to 6 in. wg (1500 Pa) and
at 8, 10, 15, 20, and 30 in. wg (2000, 2450, 3750,
4950, and 7450 Pa). The duct was examined during
testing to determine any type of visible damage.
! 4EST 2ESULTS
! 6ACUUM 4EST
Variation of deflection and strains throughout the two
vacuum cycles give similar results. Deflection of the
largest panel controls the design of this duct. At 10
in. wg (2450 Pa) vacuum which is the design vacuum,
the measured deflection of the Top Panel was approx-
! 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
imately 0.9 in. (22.9 mm). However, by examining
the behavior of the load–deflection curve and from
the shape of the panel, one can find an explanation
for this apparently large deflection. The slope of the
curve between 2 and 5 in. wg (500 to 1250 Pa) vacu-
um is much greater than after 5 in. wg (1250 Pa).
There is a significantly large increase in deflection
within this range. The deflection increment within
this range was almost 0.5 in. (12.7 mm). The reason
for this is that the initial curvature of the panel at its
center is reversed causing the sudden deflection incre-
ment. This would not have occurred if the panel were
flat initially. Then the total deflection at the design
vacuum of 10 in. wg (2450 Pa) would be less than the
maximum allowable of 0.75 in. (19.1 mm) for vacu-
um.
Deflections at the smaller or Side Panel and the Top
Stiffener under 10 in. wg (2450 Pa) vacuum were
approximately 0.23 in. (5.8 mm) and 0.10 in. (2.5
mm), respectively. These are less than the allowable
deflection.
All strains measured in the panels and stiffeners are
below the maximum allowable, which assuming a
modulus of elasticity of 1x106 psi (6900 MPa) is 2300
¿s. The largest strain of 1250 ¿s (compression) at 10
in. wg (2450 Pa) design vacuum was recorded in the
axial direction at the center of the Top Panel. The Top
Stiffener was under a compressive strain of approxi-
mately 600 ¿s at the design vacuum.
The duct did not show evidence of any type of failure.
The maximum test vacuum of 30 in. wg (7450 Pa) is
three times as high as the 10 in. wg (2450 Pa) design
vacuum.
! 0RESSURE 4EST
After the first vacuum cycle the duct was subjected
to a maximum pressure of 30 in. wg (7450 Pa), which
is three times the 10 in. wg (2450 Pa) pressure.
Deflections are less than the allowable of 0.50 in.
(12.7 mm) for pressure. Deflections at the Top Panel,
Side Panel and Top Stiffener were 0.36 in. (9.1 mm),
0.18 in. (4.6 mm) and 0.10 in. (2.5 mm), respectively.
Also strains were below the allowable. At 10 in. wg
(2450 Pa) design pressure, strains in the Top Stiffener
was 605 ¿s. Maximum strain in the panels was 490
¿s.
The duct withstood the maximum test pressure of 30
in. wg (7450 Pa) without any evidence of damage.
! 4ESTING OF A ì X ì  X  MM
&20 $UCT
! )NTRODUCTION
A 72” x 72” (1800 x 1800 mm) FRP duct was tested
under vacuum and internal pressure (maximum of 30
in. wg (7450 Pa)). This section contains a description
of the specimen, test setup and procedure, and results.
This type of duct is rated for a design pressure/vacu-
um of 10 in. wg (7450 Pa), and its design thickness
is 0.387 in. (9.8 mm) for a maximum stiffener spacing
of 54 in. (1350 mm), or thickness of 0.301 in. (7.6
mm) for a spacing of 42 in. (1050 mm).
! $ESCRIPTION OF $UCT 3PECIMEN
The 48 in. (1200 mm) long FRP duct has a cross sec-
tion of 72” x 72” (1800 x 1800 mm). Since the length
is 48 in. (1200 mm), no stiffener was necessary as part
of the design for the duct walls.
Wall thicknesses were measured by using ultrasound
equipment on two of the four sides of the panel.
Thickness of the Top Panel was measured at several
points within the center area, with a resultant average
of 0.383 in. (9.7 mm). Thickness was also measured
on the Top Panel at several points 10 in. (250 mm)
away from one of the edges, where the average was
0.367 in. (9.3 mm).
Thickness measured on the Side Panel had an average
of 0.403 in. (10.2 mm) at the center area of the panel.
Along one of the 72 in. (1850 mm) sides (10 in. (250
mm) away from the edge), the average thickness was
0.36 in. (9.1 mm), and along one of the 48 in. (1200
mm) sides (12 in. (300 mm) away from the edge) the
average was 0.380 in. (9.7 mm).
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
The duct corners were reinforced with additional FRP
layers in the longitudinal direction. This additional
bond extended approximately 3–1/2 in. (90 mm) to
each side of the corners. To be able to perform the
pressure and vacuum tests, the duct was closed at both
ends with FRP walls reinforced with an external 2 to
4 in. (50 x 100 mm) wood stiffener.
! 4EST 3ETUP
The specimen was prepared to be subjected to internal
pressure and vacuum. A 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) diameter
hole was drilled in the Side Panel. A hose was inserted
in this hole. Silicone sealant was placed around the
hose and hole to minimize air leaks during testing.
The other end of the hose was connected to a vacuum
pump or an air line to apply vacuum and internal pres-
sure respectively. A manometer was used to control
the magnitude of vacuum and pressure.
A total of four strain gages were installed. Two gages
were placed on the Top Panel and two on the Side
Panel, all in the center area of each panel. Of the two
gages on each panel, one was oriented in the longitu-
dinal or axial direction of the duct, and the other was
in the transverse or hoop direction. Two reference
lines, one horizontal and one vertical, were used to
measure absolute deflection of the Top and Side Pan-
els.
! 4EST 0ROCEDURE
Two load/unload cycles were performed. First the
duct was subjected to a maximum of 30 in. wg (7450
Pa) vacuum and then unloaded. In the next cycle the
duct was pressurized to 30 in. wg (7450 Pa) internal
pressure.
During the vacuum test, strain and deflection readings
were taken at 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, and 30
in. wg. (0, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 2450,
3750, 4950, and 7450 Pa). For the internal pressure
test, readings were taken at 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20,
and 30 in. wg (0, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2450, 3750,
4950, and 7450 Pa).
! 4EST 2ESULTS
! 6ACUUM 4EST
Deflection and strain data corresponding to the Top
and Side Panels show a similar tendency. However,
!
strains and deflections were in general larger for the
Side Panel.
The following results were obtained at the design 10
in. wg (2450 Pa) vacuum. Deflections at the center
of the panels were 0.62 in. (15.7 mm) and 0.77 in.
(19.6 mm) for the Top and Side Panel, respectively.
This indicates that the duct design produces deflec-
tions which are at the limit of the 3/4 in. (19.1 mm)
maximum allowable for vacuum. Strains, however,
are significantly below the maximum allowable.
Strain curves indicate that at design 10 in. wg (2450
Pa) vacuum, the largest strain was under 1000 ¿s at
the center side of the side panel in the axial direction.
This strain corresponds to 1000 psi (6900 kPa) assum-
ing a modulus of elasticity of 1x106 psi (6900 MPa)
for the laminate. Allowable stress was considered
2300 psi (15.9 MPa) for design.
The duct was subjected to a maximum test vacuum
of 30 in. wg (2450 Pa) without failure.
! 0RESSURE 4EST
At 10 in. wg (2450 Pa) internal pressure, deflections
and stains were lower than for vacuum. For both the
Top and Side Panels, deflections were 0.29 in. (7.4
mm) at the center of the panels. This deflection is un-
der the maximum allowable design limit of 1/2 in.
(12.7 mm) for internal pressure. Also, strains were be-
low the allowable of 2300 ¿s (assuming a modulus
of elasticity of 1x106 psi (6900 MPa). The maximum
recorded strain was approximately 350 ¿s at the cen-
ter of the Side Panel under the design pressure. This
strain was measured in the longitudinal direction of
the duct.
The duct withstood without failure the 30 in. wg
(7450 Pa) maximum test pressure.
! #ONCLUSIONS FOR 2ECTANGULAR $UCT
Based on the experimental results reported by Dr.
Plecnik, the following conclusions were reached:
1. The behavior of the ducts under vacuum and
pressure are similar. The ratio of length to
! 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
height of the walls greatly affects the design
as was indicated in the design procedure.
2. Under vacuum, the walls of the duct are gen-
erally controlled by the deflection rather
than stress or strain design criteria. The limit
of 3/4 in. (19.1 mm) deflection under vacu-
um for the duct walls appears to be reason-
able from the viewpoints of both the struc-
tural design and practical field conditions.
3. Under internal pressure, the deflection gen-
erally controls the design of the duct rather
than stress or strain criteria. The 1/2 in. (12.7
mm) deflection limit appears to be reason-
able from both viewpoints of structural de-
sign and practical field considerations.
4. Under both vacuum and pressure conditions,
the theoretical design formulas described
earlier adequately correlate with experimen-
tal results. In general, it appears that the
theoretical design formulas are sightly con-
servative (up to about 20%) when comparing
theoretical with experimental strains and
stresses. The correlation between theoretical
deflections of the shell walls and experimen-
tal results are generally within a 10 to 20%
maximum deviation.
5. The stiffeners under both vacuum and pres-
sure deflect less than theoretically predicted.
The primary reason appears to be the higher
stiffness of the wood than is typically as-
sumed. Therefore, the design of the stiffen-
ers as given in appears conservative both
from the viewpoint of deflection, stress, and
strain.
6. In addition to vacuum or pressure, all the
ducts given in the design tables of Chapter
6 may be supported at distances of 10 ft (3.05
m) or less without reducing the vacuum or
pressure rating of the duct. Longer support
spacings require additional calculations con-
sidering the weight of the duct.
7. The ducts considered in Chapter 6 assume
that wind or seismic loads are not present si-
multaneously with the design pressure or
vacuum conditions. If the duct is subjected
to wind or seismic loading, additional analy- 8. Based on the test results, it is recommended
sis must be performed with consideration that the analytical procedures described ear-
given to the maximum support spacing of the lier be accepted as a reasonable design meth-
duct. od for rectangular fiberglass ducting.

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION !

 % %T '
0OISSON 2ATIO
PSI X   -0A PSI X   -0A PSI X   -0A

      

      

4ABLE !  -ATERIAL 0ROPERTIES &OR &ILAMENT 7OUND ,AMINATES

-ODEL )N ,âT #OORDINATES #OMBINATION 3â &OR 2OUND $UCT

4HETA Q 4HICKNESS
,AMINA  -ATERIAL 
DEGREES IN MM

4WO  MIL  MM


#â6EILS OR SYNTHETIC VEILS

  #HOPPED ,INER OR -AT  

    

  â  

    

  â  

    

  â  

4ABLE !  $ATA FOR %ACH ,AMINA

4HETA Q -EASURED #LOCKWISE FROM 9 !XIS

% %T '
0OISSON 2ATIO
PSI X   -0A PSI X   -0A PSI X   -0A

      

      

4ABLE !  -ATERIAL 0ROPERTIES FOR &ILAMENT 7OUND ,AMINATES

-ODEL )N ,âT #OORDINATES #OMBINATION 3â FOR 2OUND $UCT

! 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 4HETA Q 4HICKNESS
,AMINA  -ATERIAL 
DEGREES IN MM

 4WO  MIL  MM

#â6EILS OR SYNTHETIC VEILS

  #HOPPED ,INER OR -AT  

    

  â  

    

  â  

    

  â  

    

  â  

4ABLE !  $ATA FOR %ACH ,AMINA

4HETA Q -EASURED #LOCKWISE FROM 9 !XIS

!34- $ !34- !34- $ !34- $

$UCT 3IZE 4ENSILE 3TRENGTH &LEXURAL 3TRENGTH 4ENSILE -ODULUS 'LASS #ONTENT
PSI -0A PSI -0A PSI -0A  BY WEIGHT

ì X ì
 X    X    X   
 X  MM

ì X ì
 X    X    X   
 X  MM

ì X ì
 X    X    X   
 X  MM

ì X ì
 X   X    X    X   
MM

4ABLE !  !VERAGE -ATERIAL 0ROPERTIES FOR !LL 2ECTANGULAR $UCTS

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION !

! 2%&%2%.#%$ $/#5-%.43 A.2 Timoshenko, S. and Woinowsky–Krieger, S.,
Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw–Hill Books,
Second Edition, 1959.

A.3 Way, Stewart, “Uniformly Loaded, Clamped,

A.1 Baker, E.H., Kovalevsky, L. and Rish, F.L., Rectangular Plates with Large Deflection”, Proceed-
Structural Analysis of Shells, Robert E. Krieger Pub- ings of the Fifth International Congress for Applied
lishing Co., Malabar, Florida, 1981, Chapter 11 Mechanics, 1938, pages 123–128.

! 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION !

 APPENDIX B

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OF
FRP DUCT
!00%.$)8 "
" ).42/$5#4)/.
The resistance of FRP composite laminates to aggres-
sive corrosive environments is a primary reason for
specifying FRP duct over other alternative materials.
FRP duct can be used to handle a wide range of chem-
icals, at varying elevated temperatures depending on
the type of thermosetting resin selected.
The FRP duct can be designed and fabricated to pro-
vide for chemical resistance, flame retardance, sur-
face conductivity, weathering, abrasion resistance
and external chemical attack from spillage.
Successful long term laminate performance requires
selection of the correct thermosetting resin to handle
the chemical and temperature conditions, and also the
proper design, fabrication, and field installation of the
FRP duct system.
" #(%-)#!, 2%3)34!.#%
The chemical resistance characteristics of FRP com-
posite laminates are determined by corrosion testing
in accordance with ASTM C581 or by case histories
of successful applications in the field.
ASTM C581 calls for corrosion test coupons duplicat-
ing the corrosion barrier (VMMV), and resin rich sur-
faces on both sides and the cut edges sealed with cata-
lyzed resin to prevent edge attack. These test
laminates are immersed in the corrodent for periods
of 3, 6, and 12 months. The specimens are then re-
moved, cleaned, and sent for physical testing. Reten-
tion of physical strength, along with visual inspection
for signs of attack, are the main criteria for the evalua-
tion of FRP laminates for chemical service.
The total immersion of FRP coupons in a chemical
media is generally a more severe test than the vapor
phase corrosive conditions a duct system will actually
experience. Therefore, published chemical resistance
data for FRP is more favorable when applied to fume
duct in air handling applications.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
#(%-)#!, 2%3)34!.#% /& &20 $5#4
While metallic corrosion testing is based on material
degradation as evidenced by surface attack, etching,
pitting, intergranular or galvanic attack, where mate-
rial loss can be used to calculate a corrosion rate to
predict service life. Non–metallics are evaluated dif-
ferently. Service life for non metallics is based on
strength retention, weight or volume change and visu-
al appearance. Case histories in any given environ-
ment are the most reliable sources of information.
Table B- 1 is intended as a guide for selecting a suit-
able resin for fume handling FRP duct applications.
If the application is severe or questionable, contact
your resin producer for resin recommendations. If the
corrosive conditions are very severe, then chemical
testing may be necessary to determine a suitable ther-
mosetting resin to handle the application. In extreme
cases, consider a dual laminate, using a more corro-
sion resistant thermoplastic liner in place of the stan-
dard FRP corrosion barrier, with an FRP outer struc-
tural laminate for strength.
Note: Table B- 1, Typical Chemical Resistance of
Various Resins Used in FRP Duct, is reprinted with
permission from the Fiberglass Pipe Handbook, 1992
Edition, courtesy of Fiberglass Pipe Institute of the
SPI Composites Institute.
Some corrodents listed in the original Fiberglass Pipe
Handbook table have not been included in Table B- 1
because they were not deemed relevant to fume and
exhaust duct applications.
In some applications, a “Corrosion Allowance” con-
sisting of one to two additional plies of 1–1/2 oz
chopped strand mat is added to the corrosion barrier
to combat permeation effects. The added thickness
provides corrosion protection and maintains the struc-
tural integrity of the FRP laminate.
Note: The data in Table B–1 is listed for the following
temperatures: 120^F (49^C) and 210^F (99^C), and
a max 180^F (82^C) for ISO resins, and 150^F
(66^C) for ORTHO resins.
"
"

"ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC

6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
!CETALDEHYDE . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
!CETIC !CID  2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
!CETONE  . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
!LCOHOL ALLYL . . . . . . . . . . . .
!LCOHOL BENZYL . . # . . . . . . . . .
!LCOHOL BUTYL NâBUTANOL # . 2 . . . . . . . . .
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

!LCOHOL BUTYL âBUTANOL # . 2 . . . . . . . . .

!LCOHOL ETHYL # . # . # . . . 2 . . .
!LCOHOL HEXYL # . 2 # . . . . . . . .
!LCOHOL ISOPROPYL âPROPANOL 2 . 2 . . . . . . . . .
!LCOHOL METHYL . . # . . . . . # . . .
!LCOHOL PROPYL âPROPANOL # . 2 . . . . . . . . .
!LLYL CHLORIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
!MMONIA GAS # . # . . . . . 2 . . .
!MMONIA LIQUID . . . . . . . . . . . .
!MMONIUM SALTS EXCEPT FLUORIDE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 # 2 2 2 2
!MMONIUM FLUORIDE  2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . . . .
!MYL ACETATE . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
!MYL CHLORIDE . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
!NILINE . . . . . . . . . . . .
!NILINE HYDROCHLORIDE 2 . 2 . 2 . . . . . . .
!QUA REGIA . .   2 . 2 . . . . .
!RYLâSULFONIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . . . . .
"ENZALDEHYDE  . .   . . . . . . . .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT
 "ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC
6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

"ENZENE BENZOIL . . # . . . . . . . . .
"ENZENE SULFONIC ACID  2 2 2 2 2 # 2 # 2 . . .
"ENZENE SULFONIC ACID  2 . 2 . 2 2 . . . . . .
"ENZOIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
"LACK LIQUOR â PAPER 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . . . . .
"LEACH  !CTIVE CHLORINE 2 . 2 . 2 . . . 2 . . .
"ORAX 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . . .
"ORIC ACID 2 2 2 . 2  2 . 2 . . .
"RINE 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 2 2 .
"ROMIC ACID   2 . 2 .  .  .  .  .
"ROMINE GAS  . . . . . . . . . . . .
"ROMINE AQ 2 . 2 .        
"UTANE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
"UTANTETROL ERYTHRIOL 2 # 2 2 2 # 2 . 2 . . .
"UTANEDIOL . . 2 2 . . . . . . . .
"UTYL !CETATE . . . .        
"UTYL PHENOL . . . . . . . . . . . .
"UTYRIC ACID   2 2 2 2 . . . . . . . .
#ALCIUM SALTS AQ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
#ALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
#ARBON DISULFIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
#ARBON DIOXIDE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
#ARBON DIOXIDE AQ 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 2 2 2 .
#ARBON MONOXIDE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
"
"

"ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC

6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
#ARBON TETRACHLORIDE 2 . 2 . . . 2 . . . . .
#AUSTIC POTASH +/( 2 . 2 . 2 . . . . . . .
#AUSTIC SODA .A/( 2 . 2 . 2 . . . . . . .
#HLORINE GAS DRY 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
#HLORINE GAS WET 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 . . . .
#HLORINE WATER 2 . 2 2 # . # . . . . .
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

#HLOROCETIC ACID 2 . 2 . . . . . . . . .
#HLOROBENZENE . . # . . . . . . . . .
#HLOROFORM . . . . . . . . . . . .
#HLOROSULFONIC ACID  . . . . . . . . . . . .
#HROMIC ACID  2 . 2 .        
#HROMIC ACID  . . . . . . 2 . . . . .
#ITRIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
#OPPER SALTS AQ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
#RESYLIC ACID  . . . . . . . . . . . .
#RUDE OIL 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 . . 2 .
#YCLOHEXANE 2 . 2 . . . 2 . 2 2 . .
#YCLOHEXANOL 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
#YCLOHEXANONE . .   . . . . . . . .
$IESEL FUELS 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . # .
$IETHYL AMINE . . . . . . . . . . . .
$IOXANEâ . .   . . . . . . . .
$IMETHYLAMINE . . . . . . . . . . . .
$IMETHYL FORMAMIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
 "ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC
6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

$IBUTYL SEBACATE 2 . 2 . 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
$ICHLOROBENZENE . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
$ICHLORETHYLENE . . . . . . . . . . . .
%THER DIETHYL . . . . . . . . . . . .
%THYL HALIDES . . . . . . . . . . . .
%THYLENE HALIDES . . . . . . . . . . . .
%THYLENE GLYCOL 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
%THYLENE OXIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
&ATTY ACIDS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
&ERRIC SALTS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
&LUORINE GAS DRY . . . . . . . . . . . .
&LUORINE GAS WET . . . . . . . . . . . .
&LUOROBORIC ACID  2 2 2 2 . . . . . . . .
&LUOROSILICIC ACID  2 . 2 . . . . . . . . .
&ORMALDEHYDE 2 . 2 . . . 2 . 2 . . .
&ORMIC ACID . . # . . . . . . . . .
&REON . . . . . . . . . . . .
&UEL OIL 2 . 2 2 . . 2 . 2 . 2 .
&URFURAL . . . . . . . . . . . .
'AS NATURAL METHANE 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
'ASOLINE # . 2 # # . # . 2 . . .
'LYCERINE GLYCEROL 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
'LYCOLS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
'LYCOLIC ACID # . # . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
"
"

"ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC

6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
'REEN ,IQUOR â PAPER 2 . 2 . 2 . . . . . . .
(EPTANE 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
(EXANE 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
(YDROBROMIC ACID  2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
(YDROCHLORIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
(YDROFLUORIC ACID  2 . 2 . . . . . # . . .
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

(YDROCYANIC ACID 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 . . . . .
(YDROGEN PEROXIDE  . .   . . . . . . . .
(YDROGEN SULFIDE DRY 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 2 . . .
(YDRAZINE . . . . . . . . . . . .
(YPOCHLOROUS ACID  . . 2 # . . . . . . . .
*ET FUELS *0  !.$ *0  2 . 2 . . . 2 . 2 . . .
+EROSENE 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
,ACTIC ACID  2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . . .
,AURIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
,AURYL CHLORIDE 2 2 2 2   2 2 2 . . .
,AURYL SULFATE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
,EAD SALTS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
,INOLEIC ACID 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
,INSEED OIL 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 2 . . .
,UBRICATING OILS 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
-ACHINE OIL 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
-AGNESIUM SALTS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
-ALEIC ACID 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
 "ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC
6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

-ANGANESE SULFATE 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
-ERCURIC SALTS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
-ETHANE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
-ETHYL ACETATE . . . . . . . . . . . .
-ETHYL BROMIDE GAS . . . . . . . . . . . .
-ETHYL CELLOSOLVE . .   . . . . . . . .
-ETHYL CHLORIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
-ETHYL CHLOROFORM . . . . . . . . . . . .
-ETHYL CYCLOHEXANONE . . . . . . . . . . . .
-ETHYL METHACRYLATE . . . . . . . . . . . .
-ETHYLENE BROMIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
-ETHYLENE CHLORIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
-ETHYLENE IODIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
-INERAL OIL 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
-ONOCHLOROBENZENE . . # . . . . . . . . .
-ONOETHANOLAMINE . . . . . . . . . . . .
-OTOR OIL 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
.APHTHA 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
.APHTHALENE 2 2 2 2 2 . . . 2 . . .
.ICKEL SALTS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
.ITRIC ACID  TO  2 . 2 . . . 2 . . . . .
.ITRIC ACID FUMING . . . . . . . . . . . .
.ITROBENZENE . . # . . . . . . . . .
.ITROUS ACID 2 . 2 . . . 2 . 2 . . .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
"
"

"ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC

6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
/LEIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 2 . .
/LEUM . . . . . . . . . . . .
/XALIC ACID 2 2  2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
/ZONE GAS  2 . 2 . . . . . . . . .
0ALMITIC ACID  2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
0ALMITIC ACID  2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

0ARAFFIN 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0ENTANE 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
0ERCHLORIC ACID  2 . 2 . . . . . . . . .
0ERCHLOROETHYLENE . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
0ETROLEUM SOUR 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 2 . . .
0ETROLEUM REFINED 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 .
0HENYLCARBINOL . . . . . . . . . . . .
0HENYLHYDRAZINE . . . . . . . . . . . .
0HOSPHORIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 # . .
0HOSPHOROUS YELLOW . . . . . . . . . . . .
0HOSPHOROUS RED . . . . . . . . . . . .
0HOSPHOROUS TRICHLORIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
0HTHALIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2    
0OTASSIUM SALTS AQ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
0OTASSIUM PERMANGANATE  2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
0ROPANE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0ROPYLENE DICHLORIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
0ROPYLENE GLYCOL 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
 "ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC
6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

0ROPYLENE OXIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
0YRIDINE . . . . . . . . . . . .
2AYON COAGULATING BATH 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 .   . .
3EA WATER 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 2 2 .
3ALICYLIC ACID 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
3EWAGE RESIDENTIAL # . 2 # . . # . 2 . # .
3ILICIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . .
3ILVER SALTS 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 2 2 . .
3OAPS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 .
3ODIUM HYDROXIDE # .       . .  
3ODIUM CHLORITE  2 . 2 .        
3ODIUM CHLORATE 2 2 2 2        
3ODIUM DICHROMATE ACID 2 2 2 2        
3TANNIC CHLORIDE 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
3TANNOUS CHLORIDE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
3TEARIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
3ULFITE LIQUOR 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
3ULFUR 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
3UGARS AQ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 .
3ULFUR DIOXIDE DRY 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
3ULFUR DIOXIDE WET 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
3ULFUR TRIOXIDE GAS DRY 2 2 2 2 . .   . .  
3ULFUR TRIOXIDE WET . . . . . . . . . . . .
3ULFURIC ACID   2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
"
"

"ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC

6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
3ULFUROUS ACID  TO  2 . 2 . . . 2 . . . . .
4ANNIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
4ARTARIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
4ETRACHLOROETHANE . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
4ETRAHYDROFURAN . . . . . . . . . . . .
4HIONYL CHLORIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

4ERPINEOL 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .
4OLUENE . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
4RIBUTYL PHOSPHATE 2 . 2 . . . . . . . . .
4RICHLORACETIC ACID 2 2 2 2 2 . . . . . . .
4RICHLOROETHYLENE . . . . . . . . . . . .
4RIETHANOLAMINE 2 . 2 .     . . . .
4RIETHYLAMINE 2 . 2 .     . . . .
4URPENTINE 2 . 2 2 . . 2 . . . . .
5REA  2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
5RINE 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
6EGETABLE OILS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 .
6INEGAR 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 2 2 . . .
6INYL ACETATE . . . . . . . . . . . .
7ATER DISTILLED 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
7ATER FRESH 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 2 2 .
7ATER MINE 2 2 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . . .
7ATER SALT 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 2 2 .
7ATER TAP 2 . 2 2 2 . 2 . 2 2 2 .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
 "ISPHENOL ! .OVOLAC "ISPHENOL ! #HLORENDIC )SOPHTHALIC /RTHOPHTALIC
6INYL %STER 6INYL %STER &UMARATE !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER !CID 0OLYESTER
0OLYESTER
4EMPERATURE ^&            
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

7HISKEY 2 . 2 . . . . . 2 . . .
7INES 2 . 2 . . . . . 2 . . .
8YLENE . . 2 . . . . . . . . .
:INE SALTS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . .

2  'ENERALLY RESISTANT .  'ENERALLY NOT RESISTANT #  ,ESS RESISTANT THAN 2 BUT STILL SUITABLE FOR SOME CONDITIONS   .OT 2ATED
#OPYRIGHT  &IBERGLASS 0IPE )NSTITUTE OF THE 30) #OMPOSITES )NSTITUTE 2EPRINTED WITH 0ERMISSION

4ABLE "  4YPICAL #HEMICAL 2ESISTANCE OF 6ARIOUS 2ESINS 5SED IN &20 $UCT CONTINUED
"
 7+,6 3$*( ,17(17,21$//< /()7 %/$1.

% 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 APPENDIX C

ALTERNATE ROUND DUCT

DESIGN TABLES
!00%.$)8 # !,4%2.!4% 2/5.$ $5#4 $%3)'. 4!",%3
# ).42/$5#4)/.
Based on the research done in preparation for this
manual, it became clear that the quality of currently
produced FRP laminates is consistently producing a
material with proven physical characteristics and ac-
ceptably uniform thickness. For this reason the FRP
Task Force decided to create design tables for round
FRP duct based on a safety factor of 4.0 (See Chapter
5) and not the traditional 5.0.
Conscious that a number of organizations and indi-
viduals may insist on requesting round duct systems
designed to the higher safety factor, the FRP Task
Force opted for including a set of tables based on a
safety factor of 5.0 in this Appendix.
This Appendix contains only the tables necessary for
the selection of a duct wall laminate; for all other de-
sign needs, refer to the appropriate chapters in the
main body of the manual.
# $%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#4 53).'
490%3 ) !.$ )) ,!-).!4%3  3!&%
49 &!#4/2 b.
# $ESIGN FOR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
6ACUUM
For the practical application of the tables in this sec-
tion, it suffices to say that Tables C- 1 and C- 1M list
the maximum recommended operating negative pres-
sure for Types I and II laminates.
Note: For a detailed discussion of the development
of the design tables contained in this manual, the as-
sumptions and design concepts on which the ratings
are based, and the testing program which validates
the results, see Appendix A.
The data in Tables C- 1 and C- 1M is arranged with
the nominal laminate thickness heading the columns
and a series of duct diameters listed vertically, start-
ing with the smallest at 4 in. (100 mm) to the largest
at 72 in. (1800 mm).
These tables are based on two important assumptions:
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
a. the safety factor for each combination of
laminate thickness and diameter is equal to
or greater than 5.0, and
b. the distance between supports is a maximum
of 10 ft (3050 mm).
Typically, before selecting the required laminate
thickness for a particular application, the system de-
sign pressure (positive or negative), the duct diame-
ter, and the laminate type are known.
# 2EQUIRED ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS
To select the required laminate thickness, first deter-
mine the system design pressure. If the system design
pressure is positive, go to section 5.1.4. If the system
design pressure is negative, use either Table C- 1 or
C- 1M to complete the following steps:
a. Find the smallest diameter listing that equals
or exceeds the diameter of the duct under
consideration.
Move horizontally within the range of the
appropriate laminate type and find the mini-
mum pressure rating that equals or exceeds
the system design pressure.
c. Move vertically to the header of the column
and identify the corresponding nominal lam-
inate thickness.
# ,AMINATE #ONSTRUCTION AND -INIMUM
2EQUIRED -ECHANICAL 0ROPERTIES
To complete the selection of the basic construction
requirements for FRP ducts, two additional pieces of
information must be identified:
a. Laminate Reinforcement Sequence – From
Table 5- 1 or 5- 2, select the appropriate re-
inforcement sequence for the required lami-
nate thickness previously selected from
Table C- 1 or C- 1M.
b. Minimum Required Mechanical Properties –
From Table 5- 3, identify the minimum lam-
inate properties required to meet the design
ratings of Tables C- 1 and C- 1M.
#
  FT -IN 3AFETY &ACTOR OF 
#

3UPPORT 3PAN 2OUND $UCT

,!-).!4%3 490% ) 490% ))
-ODULUS OF
%LASTICITY %   X   X   X   X   X   X 


PSI
4HICKNESS IN               
$IAMETER IN
               
               
               
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
 .2              
 .2              
 .2              
 .2              
 .2 .2             
 .2 .2             
 .2 .2             
 .2 .2 .2            
 .2 .2 .2        .2    
 .2 .2 .2        .2    
4ABLE #  .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF 4YPES )  )) ,AMINATES IN IN WG
NOTES:
a. Cells marked NR (Not Rated) represent diameter and laminate combinations not covered by this table.
b. Cells marked ... represent diameter and laminate combinations beyond the scope of this manual. They are more than adequate at the maximum rating of 30 in. wg but become
economically less attractive with increasing thickness.
c. To select Type I and II laminates for Positive pressure systems, see section 5.1.4.
  MM 3UPPORT 3PAN 2OUND $UCT -IN 3AFETY &ACTOR OF 
,!-).!4%3 490% ) 490% ))
-ODULUS OF
%LASTICITY %   X   X   X   X   X   X 


K0A
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

              
4
H
I
C
K
N
E
S
S

M
M

$IAMETER MM
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
 .2              
 .2              
 .2              
 .2              
 .2 .2             
 .2 .2             
 .2 .2             
 .2 .2 .2            
 .2 .2 .2        .2    
 .2 .2 .2        .2    
4ABLE # - .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF 4YPES )  )) ,AMINATES IN 0A
NOTES:
a. Cells marked NR (Not Rated) represent diameter and laminate combinations not covered by this table.
b. Cells marked ... represent diameter and laminate combinations beyond the scope of this manual. They are more than adequate at the maximum rating of 30 in. wg but become
economically less attractive with increasing thickness.
#

c. To select Type I and II laminates for Positive pressure systems, see section 5.1.4.
 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

# 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

# $%3)'. /& 2/5.$ &20 $5#4 53).'
&),!-%.4 7/5.$ 490% 8 ,!-)
.!4%3  3!&%49 &!#4/2
# $ESIGN FOR .EGATIVE 0RESSURE
6ACUUM design pressure is negative, use either Table C- 2 or
For the practical application of the tables in this sec-
tion, it suffices to say that Tables 5- 9 and 5- 9M list
the maximum recommended operating negative pres-
sure for Filament Wound (Type X) laminates.
Note: For a detailed discussion of the development
of the design tables contained in this manual, the as-
sumptions and design concepts on which the ratings
are based, and the testing program which validates
the results, see Appendix A.
The data in Tables C- 2 and C- 2M is arranged with
the Filament Wound (Type X) laminate combination
(S1 through S13) heading the columns and a series of
duct diameters listed vertically, starting with the
smallest at 4 in. (100 mm) to the largest at 72 in. (1800
mm).
The tables are based on two important assumptions:
a. the safety factor for each combination of
laminate thickness and diameter is equal to
or greater than 5.0, and
b. the distance between supports is a maximum
of 10 ft (3050 mm).
Typically, before selecting the required laminate
thickness for a particular application, the system de-
sign pressure (positive or negative), the duct diame-
ter, and the laminate type are known.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
# 2EQUIRED ,AMINATE 4HICKNESS
To select the required laminate thickness, first deter-
mine the system design pressure. If the system design
pressure is positive, go to section 5.2.4. If the system
C- 2M to complete the following steps:
a. Find the smallest diameter listing that equals
or exceeds the diameter of the duct under
consideration.
b. Move horizontally and find the minimum
pressure rating that equals or exceeds the
system design pressure.
c. Move vertically to the header of the column
and identify the corresponding laminate
combination.
# ,AMINATE #ONSTRUCTION AND -INIMUM
2EQUIRED -ECHANICAL 0ROPERTIES
To complete the selection of the basic construction
requirements for FRP ducts fabricated from Filament
Wound (Type X) laminates and operating under a
negative design pressure, two more pieces of informa-
tion must be identified:
a. Composite Laminate Structure – From Table
5- 6, select the appropriate composite lami-
nate structure corresponding to the laminate
combination previously selected from Table
C- 2 or C- 2M.
b. Minimum Required Mechanical Properties –
From Table 5- 7, identify the minimum lam-
inate mechanical properties required to meet
the design ratings of Tables C- 2 and C- 2M.
#
  FT -IN 3AFETY &ACTOR OF 
#

3UPPORT 3PAN 2OUND $UCT

,!-).!4%3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
$IAMETER IN
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

        

        
        
        
        
        
        
        
 .2       
 .2       
 .2       
 .2       
 .2 .2      
 .2 .2      

4ABLE #  .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES IN IN WG

NOTES:

a. Cells marked NR (Not Rated) represent diameter and laminate combinations not covered by this table.
b. Cells marked ... represent diameter and laminate combinations beyond the scope of this manual. They are more than adequate at the maximum rating
of 30 in. wg but become economically less attractive with increasing thickness.
c. To select filament wound laminates for Positive pressure systems see section 5.2.4.
  MM 3UPPORT 3PAN 2OUND $UCT -IN 3AFETY &ACTOR OF 
,!-).!4%3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
$IAMETER MM
        
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

        

        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
 .2       
 .2       
 .2       
 .2       
 .2 .2      
 .2 .2      

4ABLE #â- .EGATIVE 0RESSURE 2ATINGS OF &ILAMENT 7OUND 4YPE 8 ,AMINATES IN 0A

NOTES:

a. Cells marked NR (Not Rated) represent diameter and laminate combinations not covered by this table.
b. Cells marked ... represent diameter and laminate combinations beyond the scope of this manual. They are more than adequate at the maximum rating of
30 in. wg but become economically less attractive with increasing thickness.
#

c. To select filament wound laminates for Positive pressure systems see section 5.2.4.
 7+,6 3$*( ,17(17,21$//< /()7 %/$1.

& 7KHUPRVHW )53 'XFW &RQVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO Ÿ )LUVW (GLWLRQ

 APPENDIX D

GLOSSARY
!00%.$)8 $
Glossary is reprinted with permission from ASME RTP–1–1995, courtesy of the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers.
–A–
accelerator – a material added to the resin to increase
the rate of polymerization (curing).
axial – in the direction of the axis (lengthwise center-
line) of the equipment.
–B–
Barcol hardness test – test to determine the degree
of cure by measuring resin hardness. The Barcol Im-
pressor is the instrument used for measuring polyester
and vinyl ester resin hardness (ASTM D2583).
binder – chemical treatment applied to the random
arrangement of glass fibers to give integrity to mats.
Specific binders are utilized to promote chemical
compatibility with the various laminating resins used.
blister – raised spot on the surface of a laminate
caused by a subsurface air void.
bonding – joining of two or more parts by adhesive
forces.
bond strength – force per unit area (psi) necessary to
rupture a bond in interlaminar shear.
burned areas – areas of laminate showing evidence
of decomposition (e.g., discoloration or cracking) due
to excessive resin exotherm.
burn out (burn off) – thermal decomposition of or-
ganic materials (resins and binders) from a laminate
specimen in order to determine the weight percent of
resin and glass reinforcement (synthetic reinforce-
ment decompose together with the resin and binder).
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
',/33!29
–C–
“C” glass – a borosilicate glass fiber used to produce
a very light fabric known as surfacing veil.
catalyst – an organic peroxide material used to acti-
vate the polymerization reaction of a resin, causing
it to harden (polymerization initiator).
chopped strand mat – reinforcement made from ran-
domly oriented glass strands that are held together in
mat form using binder. Each strand has a sizing.
chopper gun – a machine that is used to cut continu-
ous fiberglass roving to predetermined lengths (usual-
ly 1/2 to 2 in. (12 to 50 mm) and propel the cut strands
to the mold surface. In the spray–up process, a cata-
lyzed resin spray is deposited simultaneously on the
mold. When intersperse layers are provided in fila-
ment winding, the resin spray is often not used.
classification of laminates – for contact molded and
for filament wound.
contact molding – process for molding FRP in which
reinforcement and resin are placed in or on a mold.
Cure is with out the application of pressure on the ma-
terials, either at room temperature using a catalyst–
promoter system or by heat in an oven. Includes both
hand lay–up and spray–up.
corrosion layer (barrier) – critical segment of the
laminate consisting of a resin rich inner surface, fol-
lowed by an interior layer consisting of two plies of
chopped strand mat. (See section 3.3.)
coverage – in hoop filament winding, the complete
covering of the mandrel surface by a single layer of
glass reinforcement and resin. In helical winding, two
layers must be applied to achieve one coverage.
crazing – the formation of tiny hairline cracks in
varying degrees throughout the resin matrix, particu-
larly in resin–rich areas.
$
curing agents – materials used to initiate the poly-
merization of a resin. The catalyst is the primary
agent. Promoters and accelerators are secondary or
assisting agents.
cut edge – end of a laminate resulting from cutting
that is not protected by a corrosion barrier.
cylindrical – See round (cylindrical) duct.
–D–
delamination – physical separation or loss of bond
between laminate plies.
design laminate – either a standard laminate whose
physical characteristics are well documented (See
Tables 5- 3 and 5- 7) or alternately, a laminate whose
physical characteristics are substantiated through
testing. In either case, it is the laminate whose
construction sequence will be duplicated in the fab-
rication of the duct.
dry spot – an area where the reinforcement fibers
have not been sufficiently wetted with resin.
–E–
edge sealing – application of reinforcement and resin,
or resin alone, to seal cut edges and provide a corro-
sion resistant barrier. The final layer of resin shall be
paraffinated.
entrapped air void – cavity in a laminate caused by
a trapped gas bubble.
environment – state of the surroundings in contact
with the internal or external surface. Included are the
temperature, pressure, chemical exposure to sunlight,
relative humidity, liquids, or gases.
exotherm – evolution of heat by the resin during the
polymerization reaction. The word exotherm is often
$ 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
used, however, to designate the maximum tempera-
ture reached during the polymerization process.
exotherm ply – that ply of chopped strand mat at
which the lamination process is stopped to allow gela-
tion and exotherm of the existing laminate.
exterior layer – outer surface layer of a laminate.
(See section 3.5.)
–F–
fiber(glass) – a fine solid thread of glass.
fiberglass roving – a number of strands or filaments
of glass fibers gathered together with little or no twist.
fiberglass woven roving – heavy fabric woven from
glass fiber rovings.
fiber wetting – coating (wetting) of the fiberglass
with resin by means of roll–out or immersion
filament – See fiber.
filament winding – a process for forming FRP parts
by winding either dry or resin saturated continuous
roving strands onto a rotating mandrel.
fillers – inert materials that are added to the resin to
increase density, increase viscosity, improve abrasion
resistance, enhance resin application properties, de-
crease resin shrinkage, reduce cost, etc.
fill picks – the rovings in a woven roving that run in
the transverse direction of the fabric, i.e., across the
roll width of the fabric.
fit–up – the match between joining parts, elements,
or components.
flame retardant resin – halogenated resins that can
be used with or without additives to provide a lami-
nate having reduced flame spread as measured in ac-
cordance with NFPA 255, Standard Method of Sur-
face Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
(UL723, ASTM E84). The resins are not fire retardant
in their liquid state.
flame spread rating – index number resulting from
testing in accordance with NFPA 225, Standard
Method of Surface Burning Characteristics of Build-
ing Materials (UL723, ASTM E84).
flange cant â the angle that an entire branch is off
from being perpendicular to the main run centerline.
(See Figure 7- 2.)
flange flatness â maximum deviation from the actual
flange face, excluding warpage or perpendicularity.
(See Figure 7- 3.)
flange offset â the amount that an entire branch is off-
set with respect to the main run centerline. (See Fig-
ure 7- 4.)
flange perpendicularity â maximum angle that the
plane of the flange inside diameter makes with the
plane perpendicular to the duct’s centerline. (See Fig-
ure 7- 2.)
flange warpage â the amount that a flange outside di-
ameter pulls back from the plane of the inside diame-
ter during the cure of the composite laminate. (See
Figure 7- 3.)
fabricator – producer of FRP equipment. The fabrica-
tor combines resin and reinforcing fibers to produce
the final product.
FRP – Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic.
–G–
gap filling – the filling of voids between joined parts,
elements, or components with resin putty.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
gel – the initial jellylike solid phase that develops dur-
ing the polymerization of resin.
gel time – time form the initial mixing of the resin
with catalyst to when gelation begins.
glass content – weight percent of glass fiber rein-
forcement in the laminate.
gun roving – fiberglass roving designed for use in a
chopper gun for spray–up application.
–H–
hand lay–up – a method of contact molding wherein
the glass fiber reinforcement is applied to the mold,
in the form of chopped strand mat or woven roving,
by hand or form a reel. The resin matrix is applied
by various methods including brush, roller, or spray
gun. Consolidation of the composite laminate is by
rolling.
heat deflection temperature – temperature at which
a specified bar specimen deflects 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
when loaded as a simple beam to a constant 264 psi
(see ASTM D648, Test Method for Deflection Tem-
perature of Plastics Under Flexural Load). Usually re-
fers to a resin casting, not laminate.
helical winding – filament winding where the rein-
forcement is placed at some angle (other than 0° or
90°) to the axis of rotation.
hot cure – process of increasing the amount of cata-
lyst to expedite the cure.
hot patch – several small fiberglass mat tabs, satu-
rated with highly catalyzed resin, used to hold butted
or joined parts or components in preparation for bond-
ing.
hydrostatic test – pressure test of equipment using
water as the test medium.
–I–
initiator – See catalyst.
$
inner surface – resin rich, corrosion resistant surface
of the corrosion barrier. (See section 3.3.1.)
interior layer – fiber reinforced layer of the corrosion
barrier. (See section 3.3.2.)
intersperse – chopped fiberglass used in a filament
wound laminate, usually in thin layers between wind-
ing coverages.
intumescent coating – a coating that when subjected
to heat in excess of 300°F (149°C) swells and chars
forming an insulating, fire retardant barrier.
isophthalic polyester – a polyester made from
isophthalic acid.
–J–
joint overlay – an overlay laminate that joins the ad-
joining surfaces of two contacting parts or elements.
–L–
laminate – the total of the part constructed by com-
bining one or more layers of material (reinforcement
and/or resin). As used in this Standard, the corrosion
laminate consists of the corrosion resistant barrier, the
structural layer, and the outer surface.
laminate composition – the sequence of reinforce-
ment materials on a type, class, and category basis
that make up a laminate.
laminate element – a part of the structural layer of
a filament wound laminate that is described by the
wind angle, number of coverages with supplementary
reinforcement (if used), and the required sequence.
laminate structure – (Type I, Type II, hand lay–up,
and filament wound (Type X)) – (See section 3.4.)
$ 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
lamination analysis – procedure by which, given the
amount and properties of the resin and the properties
and orientation of the reinforcement, it is possible to
calculate the elastic properties of the individual layers
and the total laminate.
layout – the arrangement and location of parts, ele-
ments, or components that reflect the design of a
product.
leno strands – a pair of warp ends at each edge of a
woven fiberglass fabric.
liner – (See corrosion layer (barrier.)
longitudinal – See axial.
–M–
mandrel – mold around which a laminate is formed
to fabricate a round section.
Manufacturers – producers of materials of construc-
tion, e.g., resin reinforcement fibers, catalysts, com-
mon additives, etc.
manway – large nozzle or opening in a vessel for the
purpose of entry by personnel.
materials – ingredients (reinforcement, resins, cata-
lysts, and common additives) that are used to fabri-
cate the equipment
matrix – resin phase of a fiberglass resin composite.
mold – the form over which or into which resin and
reinforcements are placed to form the composite
product shape.
mold release agents – See parting agents.
monomer – a basic compound styrene that can react
with itself to form a polymer.
 –O–
overlay – laminates used over base FRP structures to
secure a joint, seal a seam, attach a nozzle, etc.
–P–
paraffinated resin – resin containing a small amount
of dissolved paraffin (usually 0.1% to 0.5%). Poly-
merization of polyesters is inhibited by contact with
the atmosphere. During cure, the paraffin migrates to
the surface, sealing it against atmosphere exposure.
parting agents – also called mold release agents.
Compounds that assist in releasing an FRP part from
its mold.
pit – small crater in the surface of the laminate.
polyester resin – resin produced by the polycondensa-
tion of dihydroxy derivatives and dibasic organic
acids or anhydrides, wherein at least one component
contributes ethylene unsaturation yielding resins that
can be compounded with styryl monomers and
reacted to give highly cross–linked thermoset resins.
post–curing – process of applying heat (180 to 200^F
(82 to 93^C)) to an FRP part, following the exotherm
cycle. Proper post curing will shorten the time to total
cure.
profile – the roughness (smoothness) of the surface.
promoter – a material that activates the catalyst
which cures the resin. (See accelerator.)
PVA – abbreviation for polyvinyl alcohol, a parting
agent.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
–Q–
quality assurance – the system by which the Fabrica-
tor provides evidence that the quality control system
has been followed in the construction of the product.
quality control – the system a Fabricator uses to fabri-
cate the equipment in compliance with this Manual.
–R–
rectangular duct – a conduit having a rectangular
cross- section and used for moving air, alone or in
combination with other gases, vapors, or particulate
matter.
referee samples – laminate specimens submitted to
establish a level of quality for judging acceptance or
rejection of production equipment.
reinforcement – glass fibers having the form of
chopped roving, continuous roving, fabric, or
chopped strand mat. These fibers are added to the res-
in matrix to strengthen and improve the properties of
the resin.
release film – film used to facilitate removal of the
part from the mold or mandrel. Oriented polyester
film, 3 to 5mil (MYLARº, Types A, S, or D; or ME-
LINEX 11º, Types A, O, or 442), has been found
suitable for this purpose.
resin – the matrix of the laminate.
resin putty – resin filled with clay, fumed silica,
milled glass fibers, or other inert materials to provide
putty- like consistency.
resin rich layer – term often used to describe the cor-
rosion barrier. The term does not imply excessive res-
in content.
resin richness – excessive amounts or uneven dis-
tribution of resin in the laminate. Such areas are sub-
ject to cracking. Resin richness is the result of im-
$
proper wet–out procedures as well as inadequate or
improper roll–out techniques or drainage.
roll–out – densification of the laminate by working
reinforcement into the resin and the air out of the resin
using a roller (a serrated metal or thermoplastic roller
is often used for this purpose).
rough profile – the result of sanding, machining, or
otherwise abrading a laminate surface to produce a
roughened surface for bonding.
round (cylindrical) duct – a cylindrical shaped con-
duit for moving air, alone or in combination with oth-
er gases, vapors, or particulate matter.
roving – a plurality of strands or filaments gathered
together with little or no twist in a package known as
a roving ball.
RTP – Reinforced Thermoset Plastic (also see FRP).
–S–
safety solvent – a non–flammable, non–acetone based
solvent used for various clean–activities in the FRP
fabrication process.
secondary bond strength – adhesive force that holds
a separately cured laminate to the basic substrate lam-
inate.
sizing – surface treatment or coating applied to fila-
ment to improve the filament–to–resin bond.
spray–up – method of contact molding wherein resin
and chopped strands of continuous filament glass fi-
ber roving are deposited on the mold directly from a
chopper gun.
strain – elongation per unit strength.
$ 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
strand – a plurality of filaments gathered together and
bonded with sizing.
structural layer – the portion of the construction pro-
viding the primary mechanical strength.
surface preparation – the act of roughening, priming,
or otherwise treating laminate surfaces to achieve sur-
face conditions that conductive to adhesion of subse-
quently applied laminate bonds.
surfacing veil (mat) – thin mat, of fiberglass, synthet-
ic organic fiber, or carbon fiber, that is used to rein-
force the corrosion resistant resin rich layer on the in-
side or outside of equipment.
–T–
Tex – linear density of roving expressed in grams per
1000 m.
–U–
unidirectional rovings – continuous parallel roving
strands of glass fiber held together with periodic cross
strands.
User – organization for which the equipment is being
fabricated.
UV absorber – compounds that are added to resins
to enhance their ultraviolet resistance.
–V–
veil – See surfacing veil.
vinyl ester resin – resin characterized by reactive un-
saturation located predominately in terminal posi-
tions which can be compounded with styryl mono-
mers and reacted to give highly cross–linked
thermoset copolymers. (See section 2.2.4.)
voids – unfilled space caused by air or gas in the resin
mix or by entrapment of such gases during lay–up of
individual plies of glass. Excessive voids reduce the
strength and chemical resistance of the laminate, par-
ticularly if the voids are at the resin–glass interface.
–W–
warp ends – the roving in a woven roving which runs
in the longitudinal direction of the fabric, i.e., along
the roll length of the fabric.
4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION
wind angle – angle from the axis of rotation at which
the reinforcement strands are placed in the filament
winding process.
wind cycle – in filament winding, one traversing of
the carriage to the end of the mandrel and return to
the original position. Depending on band width, part
diameter, and wind angle, one or more wind cycles
will be needed to achieve one coverage.
–Y–
yield – linear density of roving, expressed in yards per
pound.
$
 4()3 0!'% ).4%.4)/.!,,9 ,%&4 ",!.+

$ 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 APPENDIX E

REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
!00%.$)8 % 2%&%2%.#%$ $/#5-%.43

% !34- R ASTM Standard D3982–92, Contact Molded

“Fiberglass” (Glass Fiber Reinforced Ther-
mosetting Resin) Duct and Hoods. ibid.
The following ASTM documents are available from: 1992.

ASTM R ASTM Standard E84–96a, Surface Burning

100 Barr Harbor Drive Characteristics of Building Materials. ibid.
West Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959 1996.
Phone: 610–832–9585
Fax: 610–832–9555
R ASTM Standard E662–95, Specific Optical
Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Mate-
R ASTM Standard C581–94, Determining rials. ibid. 1995.
Chemical Resistance of Thermosetting Res-
ins Used in Glass–Fiber–Reinforced Struc- % .&0! 34!.$!2$3
tures Intended for Liquid Service. American
Society for Testing and Materials, West
Conshohocken, PA. 1994. The following NFPA document is available from:

National Fire Protection Association

11 Tracy Drive
R ASTM Standard C582–95, Contact–Molded
Avon, MA 02322–9908
Reinforced Thermosetting Plastic (RTP)
Phone: 800–344–3555
Laminates for Corrosion–Resistant Equip-
Fax: 800–593–NFPA
ment. ibid. 1995.

R ANSI/NFPA 91, Standard for Exhaust Sys-

R ASTM Standard D638–96, Standard Test tems for Air Conveying of Materials. Nation-
Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. al Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA.
ibid. 1992. 1995.

% !3-% 34!.$!2$3

R ASTM Standard D790–96a, Flexural Prop-
erties of Unreinforced Plastics and Electri-
cal Insulating Materials. ibid. 1996. The following ASME document is available from:

ASME
Order Department
R ASTM Standard D883–96, Standard Ter- 22 Law Drive
minology Relating to Plastics. ibid. 1996. P.O. Box 2300
Fairhill, NJ 07007–2300
Phone: 800–843–2763
R ASTM Standard D2563–94, Classifying Fax: 973–882–1717
Visual Defects in Glass–Reinforced Plastic
Laminate Parts. ibid. 1994
R ANSI/ASME RTP–1–1995 Edition, Rein-
forced Thermoset Plastic Corrosion Resist-
ant Equipment. American Society of Me-
R ASTM Standard D2583–95, Indentation chanical Engineers, New York, NY. 1995.
Hardness of Rigid PLASTICS by Means of a
BARCOL Impressor. ibid. 1995.
% 3-!#.! 34!.$!2$3

R ASTM Standard D2584–94, Ignition Loss of The following SMACNA documents are available
Cured Reinforced Resins. ibid. 1994. from:

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION %

 SMACNA Manual of Recommended Practice. Ameri-
Publications Department can Conference of Governmental Industrial
4201 Lafayette Center Drive Hygienists, Cincinnati, OH. 1995.
Chantilly, VA 20151–1209
Phone: 703–803–2980
Fax: 703–803–3732 The following AMCA documents are available from:

Air Movement and Control Association Inc.

R SMACNA. Architectural Sheet Metal Manu-
30 W. University Drive
al. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Con-
Arlington Heights, IL 60004
tractors’ National Association, Inc., Chantil-
Phone: 847–394–0150
ly, VA. 1993.
Fax: 847–253–0088

R SMACNA. HVAC Systems Testing, Adjust-

ing and Balancing. ibid. 1993.
R SMACNA. HVAC Systems Duct Design.
ibid. 1993.
R AMCA Publication 99. Standards for Air
Moving Devices. Air Movement and Control
Association Inc., Arlington Heights, IL.
1986.

R AMCA Standard 210. Laboratory Methods

R SMACNA. Thermoplastic Duct (PVC) for Testing Fans for Rating. ibid. 1985.
Construction Manual. ibid. 1995.

The following Manufacturers Standardization Soci-

% /4(%2 34!.$!2$3
ety of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. document
is available from:
The following American Conference of Governmen-
tal Industrial Hygienists document is available from: Manufacturers Standardization Society of the
Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.
American Conference of Governmental Indus- 127 Park Street, N.E.
trial Hygienists Vienna, VA 22180–4602
Kemper Woods Center Phone: 703–281–6613
1330 Kemper Meadow Drive Fax: 703–281–6671
Cincinnati, OH 45240
Phone: 513–742–2020
Fax: 513–742–3355 R Manufacturers Standardization Society of
the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. SP–58,
1993 Edition. Manufacturers Standardiza-
R American Conference of Governmental In- tion Society of the Valve and Fittings Indus-
dustrial Hygienists. Industrial Ventilation: A try, Inc., Vienna, VA. 1993.

% 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

INDEX
 ).$%8

! Continuous Strand Roving, 2.5, 3.1

Corrosion Allowance, B.1
Access Openings and End Caps, 7.7 Corrosion Barrier, 3.1, 3.3, 7.1, A.7, A.9, B.1, D.2,
Acids, 2.1, 2.2 D.5
Air Bubbles, 3.3, 4.7, 7.1 Corrosion Control, 1.1, 2.5

Air Pollution, 1.1 Corrosion Resistance, 1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1,
7.7
Alkalies, 2.1, 2.2
Cut Edges, 7.1, D.2
ANSI/ASME RTP–1, 5.1, E.1 Cylindrical Duct (Round Duct), C.1
ANSI/NFPA 91, E.1
Antimony Trioxide, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4
$
Appearance, 3.3, 7.1, 7.9
Dampers, 7.3, 7.6, 7.7, 9.2, 9.6, 9.7
Application, 2.5, 5.9, 6.1, 6.9
Delamination, 3.3, 7.1, D.2
ASTM, 3.3, 7.1, 7.5, 7.6, 7.8, E.1
C581, 3.1, 7.1, B.1, E.1 Design Requirements, 7.2
C582, 3.1, 7.9, E.1 Dispersion, 2.4
D2583, 3.3, 7.9, 8.1, E.1 DMA, 2.3, 2.4
D2584, E.1
Drainage, 2.4, 7.8, 9.2, D.6
D3982, 3.1, 7.9, E.1
D638, 5.1, 5.5, 6.1, E.1 Drains, 7.7, 9.7
D648, D.3 Dry Spots, 7.1, 7.9
D790, 5.5
Duct Hangers and Supports, 7.3
D883, 7.1, E.1
E662, E.1 Durometer, 7.3
E84, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, D.3, E.1

%
" Exothermic Reaction, 2.2
Back–draft Dampers, 7.7 Exterior Surface, 3.1, 3.3, 5.11, 7.1

Bisphenol A Fumarates, 2.2

Buried Duct, 7.8 &
Fabrication, 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1, 5.1, 5.2,
5.9, 5.10, 6.1, 7.1, 7.9, 8.1, B.1, D.2
# Field Installation of FRP Duct, 4.1
Carbon Veil, 2.5, 3.1 Field Wrapped Joints, 4.1
Chlorendic Anhydride, 2.1 Filament Winding, 1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, A.7, D.2
Chlorine, 2.4 Flame Retardant, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, D.2
Flange Requirements, 7.2
Chopped Strand Mat, 2.5, 3.1, 7.1, B.1, D.1, D.2,
D.3, D.5 Flexible Connections, 7.7, 7.9, 9.7
Clean–up, 4.4 Foreign Inclusions, 3.3, 7.1
Cobalt Naphthenate, 2.2, 2.3 FRP Guide Specifications, 1.2
Cobalt Octoate, 2.2 Fume Hoods, 7.6

Colloidal Suspension, 2.4 Fumed Silicas, 2.4

Color Stability, 2.2

Composite Material, 1.1, 6.9 '
Contact Molding, 5.1, 5.9, 6.1, 7.1, D.3, D.6 Gasket Materials, 7.3

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION )

Gel Time, 2.3, 2.4, 4.4, D.3
-
Glycols, 2.1
Manufacturer’s Shop Review, 7.8
GRP, 1.1
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), 7.10, 8.2
Materials, 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 7.1, 7.7, 9.6, D.4
( Mechanical Properties, 2.2, 3.3, 5.1, 5.2, 5.9, 6.2,
C.1, C.5
Hand Lay–up, 1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 5.1, 6.1, 7.1, D.1,
D.3 MEKP, 2.2, 2.3, 4.4
Handling, Shipping and Installation, 7.9 MYLARQ, D.5
Hardness, Barcol, 1.1
Health Concerns, 8.2 .
High Shear Mixer, 2.4
NEXUSQ, 2.5, 3.1
Hot Patch, 4.4, 4.6, D.3
Nonconformities, 8.1
NPG (Neopentyl Glycol), 2.1
)
Impact Resistance, 2.2 /
Ingestion, 8.2 Odor Abatement, 1.1
Inhalation, 8.2 Opaque, 2.4
Initiators, 2.1, 2.2 Organic Peroxides, 2.2
Inner Surface, 4.1, 7.1, 7.3
Inspection, 2.4, 7.8, 7.9
Interior Layer, 3.1, 7.3, D.1, D.4
0
Intumescent, 3.1, D.4 Paraffin Wax, 3.1, 4.1
Pimples, 3.3, 7.1
Pinholes, 3.3
* Polymerized, 2.3
Joining Duct, 4.1, 4.4
Joints, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5
1
Quality Control, 1.2, 3.3, 7.9, 8.1, D.5
, Resin, Catalyzed, 7.3
Laminate Construction, 1.2, 3.1, 3.3, 5.1, 5.9, 6.2,
7.1, A.1, C.1, C.5
Laminates, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 3.3, 5.1, 5.2, D.1, E.1
2
Filament Wound (Type X), 1.2, 2.1, 3.3, 4.1, Rectangular Duct, 1.1, 6.1, 6.9, 7.2, 7.4, 7.8
5.1, 5.9, 5.10, 5.12, 5.13, 7.1, 7.2, 7.10, A.1,
A.3, C.5 Rectangular Duct Corners, 7.2
Type I, 1.2, 3.1, 5.1, 6.1, 7.1, 7.2, 7.10, A.1, Reinforcement, 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.5, 3.1, 5.1, 5.2, 6.2,
A.2, C.1 7.1, 7.2, 7.7, C.1, D.5
Type II, 1.2, 3.1, 5.1, 6.1, 6.9, 7.1, 7.2, 7.10, Release Film, D.5
A.1, A.2, C.1
Requirements, 1.1, 1.2, 3.3, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, 6.2, 6.9
Lay–up Procedure, 4.4
Resin, 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 6.1, 8.3, D.5
Linear Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, 7.7
Catalyzed, 1.2, 2.1, B.1
Louvers, 7.7, 9.8 Chlorendic, 2.1

) 4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION

 Halogenated, 2.4
Isophthalic, 2.1
4
Othophthalic, 2.1 Tack Weld, 4.4
Polyester, 2.2
Thermosetting (or Thermoset), B.1, E.1 Tensile Elongation, 2.2
Terminology, 1.2, 7.1
Rotating Mandrel, D.2
Thermoplastic, 1.1, 2.1, 7.7, B.1, D.6, E.2
Round (Cylindrical) Duct, A.1, C.1, C.5
Thermoset Plastic, 1.1, 1.2, D.6, E.1
RTP (Also see FRP and GRP), 1.1, 1.2, D.6, E.1
Thixed, 2.2, 2.4
Thixotropes, 2.4
3 Tolerances, 4.1, 7.8
Translucent, 2.4
Safety, 1.2, 2.4, 3.3, 4.4, 5.1, 7.6, 7.7, 7.9, 8.2
Safety Factor, 1.2, 5.9, C.1
Safety Solvent, 4.4, 8.3 5
Scope, 1.1 Uses, 1.1
Secondary Bonding, 3.3, 4.1 UV (Ultraviolet), 2.5, 3.1, D.6
Serrated Roller, 4.1, D.6 UV Stabilizer, 2.5

Solvents, 2.1, 2.2, 7.10

Spray–chop, 2.5 6
Sprinklers, 7.8 Ventilators, 7.7, 9.8
Standard Elbows and Mitered Joints, 7.3 Vinyl Ester, 1.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, D.1, D.6
Static Electricity, 3.1, 7.1 Viscosity, 2.2, 8.2, D.2
Stiffeners, 1.2, 6.1, 6.9, A.5 Volume Dampers, 7.6, 9.6
Storage, 7.1, 8.3
Structural Layer, 1.1, 2.5, 3.1, 3.3, D.6
7
Styrene, 4.1, 8.2, 8.3
Weatherability, 2.2
Surface Hardness, 3.3, 7.1
What is FRP, 1.1
Surfacing Veil, 2.5, D.6
Woven Roving, 2.5, 3.1, 5.11, 7.1, 7.7, D.2, D.3,
Synergist (Antimony Trioxide), 2.1, 2.4, 7.1 D.7

4HERMOSET &20 $UCT #ONSTRUCTION -ANUAL Ÿ &IRST %DITION )